2016 Tahoe
2016 Tahoe
ai 1 6/25/2015 1:58:51 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 126
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 192
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 227
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 400
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 417
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 427
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2 Introduction
Introduction 3
4 Introduction
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
In Brief 5
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
In Brief Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28
29
Driving for Better Fuel
Vehicle Features Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Instrument Panel Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Roadside Assistance
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Initial Drive Information Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 23
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 23
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Driver Information
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 25
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 25
Heated and Cooled Front Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 26
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Universal Remote System . . . . . 27
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Performance and Maintenance
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Traction Control/Electronic
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 225. Volume Switches (Out of View). 14. Rear Climate Control Buttons.
See Steering Wheel Controls See Dual Automatic Climate
2. g Traction Control/Electronic 0 128. Control System 0 220.
Stability Control 0 267.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 137. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 128.
j Power Assist Steps 0 51 (If 6. Hazard Warning Flashers 16. Horn 0 129.
Equipped). 0 187. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment
X Parking Assist Button (If 7. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 127.
Equipped). See Assistance Transmission 0 255. 18. Hood Release. See Hood
Systems for Parking or Backing
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See 0 313.
0 281.
Tow/Haul Mode 0 259. 19. Cruise Control 0 271.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Range Selection Mode (If
0 289 (If Equipped). Adaptive Cruise Control 0 273
Equipped). See Manual Mode (If Equipped).
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If 0 257.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Equipped). See Adjustable 8. Light Sensor. See Automatic System 0 283 (If Equipped).
Throttle and Brake Pedal Headlamp System 0 186.
0 244. Heated Steering Wheel 0 129
9. Infotainment 0 192. (If Equipped).
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 10. Dual Automatic Climate Control
and Lane-Change Signals 20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
System 0 220. Equipped). See Towing
0 187.
11. Heated and Cooled Front Equipment 0 302.
Windshield Wiper/Washer Seats 0 70 (If Equipped).
0 129. 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
12. 110 Volt Power Outlet (If (Out of View). See Malfunction
4. Favorite Switches (Out of Equipped). See Power Outlets Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
View). See Steering Wheel 0 133. Light) 0 146.
Controls 0 128.
13. Power Outlets 0 133 (If 22. Four-Wheel Drive 0 260 (If
Equipped). Equipped).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
8 In Brief
In Brief 9
7 : Press and release to initiate When the vehicle starts, the parking
vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps will turn on.
lamps flash and the horn sounds Remote start can be extended.
three times.
Canceling a Remote Start
Press 7 and hold for more than
three seconds to sound the panic To cancel a remote start, do one of
alarm. the following:
10 In Brief
. Pulling the door handle once will See Door Locks 0 44. Liftgate
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it. Keyless Access
To lock or unlock the doors from If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
outside the vehicle press Q or K on 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
the RKE transmitter. See Remote Pressing the button on the driver
Keyless Entry (RKE) System door handle will unlock the driver
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or door. If the handle button is pressed
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) again within five seconds, the
System Operation (Keyless Access) passenger doors and liftgate will
0 37. unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
Power Door Locks (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37. To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.
In Brief 11
Use the pull cup to lower and close Windows Seat Adjustment
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This Manual Seats
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.
The power windows work when the
Pressing and releasing b while the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. ACCESSORY, or in Retained To adjust a manual seat:
Pressing again reverses the Accessory Power (RAP). See 1. Pull the handle at the front of
direction. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the seat.
0 251.
To close, press l on the bottom 2. Slide the seat to the desired
of the liftgate next to the latch. If equipped, the front and rear position and release the
windows have an express-down handle.
To disable the power liftgate feature. The front windows have an
function, select OFF on the liftgate 3. Try to move the seat back and
express-up feature. See Windows
switch. See Liftgate 0 47. forth to be sure it is locked in
0 59 and Power Windows 0 59.
place.
See Seat Adjustment 0 65.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
12 In Brief
In Brief 13
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 66. menus to automatically recall the 4. Fully lower the head restraints.
positions previously stored to the 1, See Head Restraints 0 64.
Memory Features 2, and B buttons.
See Memory Seats 0 68 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 173.
14 In Brief
In Brief 15
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Refer to the following sections for Push the tab forward for daytime
important information on how to use use and pull it rearward for
safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico nighttime use to avoid glare of the
. Safety Belts 0 80. headlamps from behind.
The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard Automatic Dimming Rearview
Properly 0 81. passenger frontal airbag under Mirror
. certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror automatically
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 82.
is affected by the passenger dims to reduce the glare of
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The
Children (LATCH System) 0 109. Sensing System 0 96 dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
16 In Brief
In Brief 17
3. Release the lever to lock the Power Tilt and Telescoping Throttle and Brake Pedal
wheel in place. Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
If equipped, the position of the
Wheel
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
18 In Brief
Exterior Lighting
In Brief 19
The exterior lamp control is on the Windshield Wiper/Washer FRONT band up for more frequent
instrument panel to the left of the wipes or down for less frequent
steering wheel. wipes.
There are four positions. To turn on Rainsense, press z
O : Turns off the automatic AUTO on the lever, then turn
headlamps and Daytime Running the z FRONT band on the wiper
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp lever to adjust the sensitivity.
control to the off position again to
. Turn the band up to a higher INT
turn the automatic headlamps or The windshield wiper control is on
DRL back on. setting for more sensitivity to
the turn signal lever.
moisture.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, The windshield wipers are controlled . Turn the band down to the lower
the off position will only work when by turning the band with z
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). INT setting for less sensitivity to
FRONT on it. moisture.
AUTO : Automatically turns on the 1 : Fast wipes.
headlamps, parking lamps, Move the band out of the 3 INT
taillamps, instrument panel lights, w : Slow wipes. position to deactivate Rainsense.
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and OFF : Turns the windshield
license plate lamps. wipers off.
; : Turns on the parking lamps 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
including all lamps, except the then release. For several wipes,
headlamps.
hold the band on 8 longer.
5 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
3 INT : Use this setting for the lever to spray washer fluid on
panel lights. intermittent wipes or Rainsense™. the windshield.
See: For intermittent wipes, turn the z
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 183 0 129.
. Fog Lamps 0 188
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
20 In Brief
In Brief 21
22 In Brief
In Brief 23
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 208 or Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Recognition - Base Radio) 0 213,
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm Base Radio) 0 209 or Bluetooth or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and two (Voice Recognition - Base Radio) infotainment manual.
USB ports in the center stack or 0 213.
inside the front seat armrest. i : Press to reject an incoming
External devices such as iPods®, call, or end a current call. Press to
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
Steering Wheel Controls mute or unmute the infotainment
changers, and USB storage devices system when not on a call.
may be connected, depending on o or p : Press to go to the
the audio system. previous or next menu option.
See USB Port 0 204 and Auxiliary w or x : Press to go to the next or
Jack 0 207. previous selection.
24 In Brief
The favorite and volume switches 5 : Press to turn the system on or If the vehicle has the base level
are on the back of the steering off. The indicator light is white when instrument cluster, the trip odometer
wheel. cruise control is on and turns off reset stem is used to operate
1. Favorite: When on a radio when cruise control is off. the DIC.
source, press to select the next SET− : Press briefly to set the If the vehicle has the uplevel
or previous favorite. When on a speed and activate cruise control. instrument cluster, the right steering
media source, press to select If cruise control is already active, wheel controls are used to operate
the next or previous track. use to decrease vehicle speed. the DIC.
2. Volume: Press to increase or +RES : If there is a set speed in
decrease the volume. memory, press to resume that
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 128. speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
Cruise Control already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 271 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 273 (if
equipped).
In Brief 25
V : Press to open a menu or select Front Automatic Braking it detects that you are actively
a menu item. Press and hold to steering. Override LKA by turning
(FAB) System the steering wheel. LKA uses a
reset values on certain screens.
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise camera to detect lane markings
See Driver Information Center (DIC) Control (ACC), it also has FAB, between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
(Base Level) 0 153 or Driver which includes Intelligent Brake 180 km/h (112 mph).
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Assist (IBA). When the system
0 155. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
detects a vehicle ahead in your path 0 289 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
that is traveling in the same 0 289.
Forward Collision Alert direction that you may be about to
(FCA) System crash into, it can provide a boost to
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
braking or automatically brake the
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or vehicle. This can help avoid or If equipped, the LCA system is a
reduce the harm caused by lessen the severity of crashes when lane-changing aid that assists
front-end crashes. FCA provides a driving in a forward gear. drivers with avoiding lane change
green indicator, V, when a vehicle crashes that occur with moving
is detected ahead. This indicator See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 286. vehicles in the side blind zone (or
displays amber if you follow a spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
vehicle much too closely. When approaching these areas from
approaching a vehicle ahead too Lane Keep Assist (LKA) behind. The LCA warning display
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red If equipped, LKA may help avoid will light up in the corresponding
alert on the windshield and rapidly crashes due to unintentional lane outside side mirror and will flash if
beeps or pulses the driver seat. departures. It may assist by gently the turn signal is on. The Side Blind
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
System 0 283. vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system.
marking without using a turn signal See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
in that direction. It may also provide 0 287 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 287.
alert as the lane marking is crossed.
The system will not assist or alert if
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
26 In Brief
Rear Vision avoiding objects while in . One inside the center storage
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds console.
Camera (RVC) less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may . One on the rear of the center
If equipped, RVC displays a view of display a warning triangle on the storage console.
the area behind the vehicle on the Rear Vision Camera screen and a
center stack display when the graphic on the instrument cluster to . One in the third row seat on the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to provide the object distance. In driver side.
aid with parking and low-speed addition, multiple beeps or seat . One in the rear cargo area on
backing maneuvers. pulses may occur if very close to an the passenger side.
object.
See Assistance Systems for Parking Vehicles with Bench Seats
or Backing 0 281. The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system. . One on the center stack below
Rear Cross Traffic Alert the climate control system.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
(RCTA) System or Backing 0 281. . One in the storage area on the
bench seat.
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow displayed Power Outlets . One on the rear of the center
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic armrest storage.
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
behind your vehicle that may cross Current . One in the third row seat area on
your vehicle's path while in the driver side.
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment, . One in the rear cargo area on
sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
such as a cell phone, MP3 the passenger side.
See Assistance Systems for Parking player, etc. Lift the cover to access and replace
or Backing 0 281.
The vehicle may have up to five when not in use.
Parking Assist accessory power outlets: See Power Outlets 0 133.
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear . One in front of the cupholders on
bumper to assist with parking and the center console.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
In Brief 27
28 In Brief
In Brief 29
Resetting the Oil Life System 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather
To reset the engine oil life system: on the DIC. If the display conditions are appropriate, use
shows 100%, the system is cruise control.
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING reset. . Always follow posted speed
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base See Engine Oil Life System 0 317. limits or drive more slowly when
Level) 0 153 or Driver conditions require.
Information Center (DIC) E85 or FlexFuel . Keep vehicle tires properly
(Uplevel) 0 155. If the vehicle Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can inflated.
does not have DIC buttons, the use either unleaded gasoline or . Combine several trips into a
vehicle must be in P (Park) to ethanol fuel containing up to 85% single trip.
access this display. ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
2. Press and hold the V button on 0 293. For all other vehicles, use
only the unleaded gasoline the same TPC Spec number
the DIC, or the trip odometer molded into the tire's sidewall
described under Fuel 0 291.
reset stem if the vehicle does near the size.
not have DIC buttons, for
several seconds. The oil life Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled
will change to 100%. Economy maintenance.
The oil life system can also be reset Driving habits can affect fuel
as follows: mileage. Here are some driving tips
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN to get the best fuel economy
with the engine off. possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within smoothly.
five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
30 In Brief
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 421.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 52
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Follow these procedures to program Programming without a and all previously known keys
up to eight keys to the vehicle. Recognized Key (Key will no longer work with the
Vehicles Only) vehicle.
Programming with a Recognized
Key (Key Vehicles Only) Program a new key to the vehicle Remaining keys can be learned by
when a recognized key is not following the procedure in
To program a new key: available. Canadian regulations “Programming with a Recognized
1. Insert the original, already require that Canadian owners see Key (Key Vehicles Only).”
programmed key in the ignition their dealer.
The key has a bar-coded key tag
and turn the key to the ON/ If there are no currently recognized that the dealer or qualified locksmith
RUN position. keys available, follow this procedure can use to make new keys. Store
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, to program the first key. this information in a safe place, not
and remove the key. This procedure will take in the vehicle.
3. Insert the new key to be approximately 30 minutes to See your dealer if a replacement
programmed and turn it to the complete for the first key. The key or additional key is needed.
ON/RUN position within vehicle must be off and all of the
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
five seconds. keys must be with you.
inspect the key blade for debris.
The security light will turn off 1. Insert the new vehicle key into Periodically clean with a brush
once the key has been the ignition. or pick.
programmed. 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security With an active OnStar subscription,
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional light will come on. an OnStar Advisor may remotely
keys are to be programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
If a key is lost or damaged, see your security light turns off. Overview 0 431.
dealer to have a new key made. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the key If the vehicle has the Keyless
in the ignition or with the RKE Access system, the transmitter has
transmitter in the vehicle, and a button on the side of the
children or others could be caught transmitter used to remove the key.
in the path of a closing window. Do not pull the key out without
pressing the button.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE See your dealer if a replacement
transmitter. key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
If the vehicle has the Keyless With an active OnStar subscription,
Access system, there is a key in the an OnStar Advisor may remotely
transmitter. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
This key is used for the driver door Overview 0 431.
and glove box.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the If enabled through the Driver
performance of the transmitter. See Information Center (DIC), the turn
(RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) signal lamps flash once to indicate
See Radio Frequency Statement System 0 35. locking has occurred. If enabled
0 427. through the DIC, the horn chirps
If there is a decrease in the RKE when Q is pressed again within
operating range: three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 173.
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
the vehicle. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52.
. Check the location. Other If equipped with auto mirror folding,
vehicles or objects may be pressing and holding Q for
blocking the signal. one second will fold the mirrors. The
. Check the transmitter's battery. auto mirror folding feature will not
See “Battery Replacement” later operate unless it is enabled. See
in this section. With Remote Start (without Vehicle Personalization 0 173.
. If the transmitter is still not Remote Start Similar) K : Press once to unlock only the
working correctly, see your / : If equipped, press and release driver door. If K is pressed again
dealer or a qualified technician Q, then immediately press and hold within three seconds, all remaining
for service. / until the turn signal flash or for at doors unlock. The interior lamps
least four seconds. The engine may may come on and stay on for
Remote Keyless Entry be started from outside the vehicle 20 seconds or until the ignition is
(RKE) System Operation using the RKE transmitter. See turned on.
Remote Vehicle Start 0 43.
(Key Access) If enabled through the DIC, the turn
Q : Press to lock all doors. signal lamps flash twice to indicate
The RKE transmitter functions may unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from Personalization 0 173. If enabled
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
through the DIC, the exterior lamps RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
may turn on. See Vehicle Caution
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
Personalization 0 173. the panic alarm to work. When replacing the battery, do
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Programming Transmitters to not touch any of the circuitry on
disarms the alarm system. See the Vehicle the transmitter. Static from your
Vehicle Alarm System 0 52. body could damage the
Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter.
If equipped with auto mirror folding, to this vehicle will work. If a
pressing and holding K for transmitter is lost or stolen, a
one second will unfold the mirrors. replacement can be purchased and To replace the battery:
The auto mirror folding feature will programmed through your dealer.
not operate unless it is enabled. Each vehicle can have up to
See Vehicle Personalization 0 173. eight transmitters programmed to it.
b : Press twice to open or close See your dealer for transmitter
the liftgate. Press once to stop the programming.
liftgate from moving. For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
c : Press twice to open the Service Package, see the Tahoe
liftglass. Police and Tahoe and Sliverado
Special Service Supplement.
7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locate. The turn signal Battery Replacement
lamps flash and the horn sounds Replace the battery in the
three times. transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY 1. Separate and remove the back
Press and hold 7 for more than
message displays in the DIC. cover of the transmitter with a
three seconds to activate the panic
flat, thin object, such as a coin.
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
when Q is pressed again within If enabled through the DIC, the turn and the horn sounds repeatedly for
three seconds. See Vehicle signal lamps flash twice to indicate 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
Personalization 0 173. unlocking has occurred. If enabled when the ignition is moved to ON/
through the DIC, the exterior lamps RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
If the driver door is open when Q is may turn on. See Vehicle ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
pressed all doors will lock and then Personalization 0 173. the panic alarm to work.
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled in Vehicle Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Keyless Access Operation
Personalization. See Vehicle disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 52. The Keyless Access system allows
Personalization 0 173. for doors and the liftgate to be
If the passenger door is open when If equipped with auto mirror folding, accessed without pressing the RKE
Q is pressed, all doors lock. pressing and holding K for transmitter button. The RKE
one second will unfold the mirrors. transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. The auto mirror folding feature will of the door being opened. If the
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52. not operate unless it is enabled. vehicle has this feature, there will be
If equipped with auto mirror folding, See Vehicle Personalization 0 173. a button on the outside door
pressing and holding Q for handles.
b : Press twice to open or close
one second will fold the mirrors. The the liftgate. Press once to stop the Keyless Access can be
auto mirror folding feature will not liftgate from moving. programmed to unlock all doors on
operate unless it is enabled. See the first lock/unlock press from the
c : Press twice to open the driver door. See Vehicle
Vehicle Personalization 0 173. liftglass.
Personalization 0 173.
K : Press once to unlock only the 7 : Press and release to initiate
driver door. If K is pressed again vehicle locate. The turn signal Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
within three seconds, all remaining lamps flash and the horn sounds the Driver Door
doors unlock. The interior lamps three times. When the doors are locked and the
may come on and stay on for RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
20 seconds or until the ignition is Press and hold 7 for more than of the door handle, pressing the
turned on. three seconds to activate the panic lock/unlock button on the driver door
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash handle will unlock the driver door.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Any vehicle door has been If other electronic devices interfere
again within five seconds, all opened and all doors are now with the RKE transmitter signal, the
passenger doors and the liftgate will closed. vehicle may not detect the RKE
unlock. transmitter inside the vehicle.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If passive locking is enabled, the
the Passenger Doors doors may lock with the RKE
When the doors are locked and the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) not leave the RKE transmitter in an
of the door handle, pressing the unattended vehicle.
lock/unlock button on a passenger To customize the doors to
door handle will unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
cause all doors to lock if any of the Start” under Vehicle Personalization
following occur: 0 173.
. The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors. Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking Feature
Driver Side Shown, Passenger . Any vehicle door has been
Side Similar opened and all doors are now Temporarily disable passive locking
closed. by pressing and holding K on the
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
interior door switch with a door open
cause all doors to lock if any of the Passive Locking for at least four seconds, or until
following occur:
If equipped with Keyless Access, three chimes are heard. Passive
. It has been more than this feature will lock the vehicle locking will then remain disabled
five seconds since the first lock/ several seconds after all doors are until Q on the interior door is
unlock button press. closed, if the vehicle is off and at pressed, or until the vehicle is
. Two lock/unlock button presses least one RKE transmitter has been turned on.
were used to unlock all doors. removed from the interior, or none
remain in the interior.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
6. Remove the transmitter from 2. Insert the vehicle key into the
the transmitter pocket and key lock cylinder on the driver
press K or Q on the door handle; then turn the key
transmitter. counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
To program additional 10 seconds.
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
The Driver Information Center
When all additional transmitters (DIC) displays REMOTE
are programmed, press and LEARN PENDING,
hold the ENGINE START/ PLEASE WAIT.
STOP button for approximately
12 seconds to exit 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
programming mode. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN, 5. Place the new transmitter in
7. Return the key back into the then press the ENGINE the transmitter pocket/insert.
transmitter. START/STOP button. Open the center console
Programming without a The DIC display will again storage area and the storage
Recognized Transmitter (Keyless show REMOTE LEARN tray. The transmitter pocket/
Access Vehicles Only) PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. insert is in front of the storage
area next to the center console
If there are no currently recognized 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional storage area between the
transmitters available, follow this times. After the third time all driver and front passenger
procedure to program up to eight previously known transmitters seats.
transmitters. This feature is not will no longer work with the
available in Canada. This procedure vehicle. Remaining transmitters 6. Press the ENGINE START/
will take approximately 30 minutes can be relearned during the STOP button. When the
to complete. The vehicle must be off next steps. transmitter is learned, the DIC
and all transmitters to be display will show that it is ready
programmed must be with you. The DIC display should now to program the next transmitter.
show READY FOR REMOTE
1. Remove the vehicle key from # 1.
the transmitter.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
7. Remove the transmitter from 1. Open the center console Battery Replacement
the transmitter pocket/insert storage area and the
Replace the battery in the
and press K or Q on the storage tray.
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
transmitter. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
To program additional message displays in the DIC.
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.
When all additional transmitters Caution
are programmed, press and
When replacing the battery, do
hold the ENGINE START/
not touch any of the circuitry on
STOP button for approximately
12 seconds to exit the transmitter. Static from your
programming mode. body could damage the
transmitter.
8. Return the key back into the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
Starting the Vehicle with a Low 2. Place the transmitter in the
Transmitter Battery transmitter pocket/insert.
If the transmitter battery is weak or if 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
there is interference with the signal, N (Neutral) press the brake
the DIC may display NO REMOTE pedal and the ENGINE START/
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY STOP button.
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Replace the transmitter battery
START YOUR VEHICLE when as soon as possible.
starting the vehicle. See Key and
Lock Messages 0 165.
To start the vehicle:
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. With the key removed, insert a Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a
flat, thin object in the center of remote vehicle start if:
the transmitter to separate and If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system . The coolant temperature gets
remove the back cover. too high.
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely depending on the . The oil pressure gets low.
outside temperature.
The RKE transmitter range may be
The rear defog and heated and reduced while the vehicle is running.
cooled seats, if equipped, may also
come on. See Heated and Cooled Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Front Seats 0 70 and Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Personalization 0 173.
System 0 35 or Vehicle
Laws in some communities may Personalization 0 173.
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any Starting the Engine Using Remote
requirements on remote starting of Start
vehicles. 1. Press and release Q.
2. Lift the battery with a flat Do not use remote start if the
object. vehicle is low on fuel. 2. Immediately press and hold /
3. Remove the battery. until the turn signal lamps flash
The vehicle cannot be remote or for at least four seconds.
4. Insert the new battery, positive started if:
side toward the back cover. When the vehicle starts, the
. The key is in the ignition (Key parking lamps will turn on. The
Replace with a CR2032 or Access) or the transmitter is in
equivalent battery. doors will be locked and the
the vehicle (Keyless Access). climate control system may
5. Push together the transmitter. . The hood is not closed. come on.
. There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lockout Protection Unlocked Door Anti Lockout Press { to activate the safety locks
Keyed Ignition : When locking is If equipped with Keyless Access, on the rear doors. The indicator light
requested with the driver door open Unlocked Door Anti Lockout, when comes on when activated.
on, will unlock the driver door if
and the key in the ignition, all the Press { again to deactivate the
doors will lock and then the driver locking is requested while the driver
door is open. This feature can be safety locks.
door will unlock.
turned on or off using the vehicle
This can be manually overridden by personalization menus. See Vehicle
pressing and holding Q on the Personalization 0 173.
power door lock switch.
Pushbutton Start : When locking Safety Locks
is requested with the driver door The rear door safety locks prevent
open and the vehicle is in ACC/ passengers from opening the rear
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, doors from inside the vehicle.
all the doors will lock and then the
driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will sound three
times.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
There will be a delay in the release Power Liftgate Operation . 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
of the liftglass if there is an attempt that can be set from 3/4 to fully
to open it while the rear wipers are
in motion.
{ Warning open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead
Use the pull cup to lower and close You, or others, could be injured if objects such as a garage door or
the liftgate. Do not press the touch caught in the path of the power roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate
pad while closing the liftgate. This liftgate. Make sure there is no one can be opened all the way
will cause the liftgate to be in the way of the liftgate as it is manuallly.
unlatched. opening and closing. . OFF: Opens manually only.
If equipped with Keyless Access, To open or close the liftgate, select
the RKE transmitter must be within MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it. See Remote . Press b twice quickly on the
Keyless Entry (RKE) System RKE transmitter until the liftgate
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or moves.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Press 8 on the overhead
System Operation (Keyless Access)
console. The driver door must
0 37.
be unlocked.
The liftgate has an electric latch. . Press the touch pad on the
If the battery is disconnected or has
outside liftgate handle after
low voltage, the liftgate will not
unlocking all doors. If equipped
open. The liftgate will resume
with Keyless Access, a locked
operation when the battery is
If equipped, the switch is on the vehicle can be opened if the
reconnected and charged.
overhead console. The vehicle must RKE transmitter is within 1 m
be in P (Park). (3 ft) of the touch pad.
The modes are:
. MAX: Opens to maximum
height.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can the power function will deactivate.
still be operated manually. Select After removing the obstructions,
OFF on the liftgate switch. manually close the liftgate. This will
If the vehicle is shifted out of allow normal power operation
P (Park) while the power function is functions to resume.
in progress, the liftgate will continue If the vehicle is locked while the
to completion. If the vehicle is liftgate is closing, and an obstacle
accelerated before the liftgate has prevents the liftgate from completely
completed moving, the liftgate may closing, the horn will sound as an
stop or reverse direction. Make sure alert that the liftgate did not close.
the liftgate is closed and latched Pinch sensors are on the side
before driving. edges of the liftgate. If an object is
. Press l on the bottom edge of If the power liftgate support strut caught between the liftgate and the
the liftgate next to the latch to has lost pressure, the turn signals vehicle and presses against a
close. will flash and a chime will sound sensor, the liftgate will reverse
Press any liftgate button, the touch while the liftgate automatically direction and open fully. The liftgate
pad, or b on the RKE transmitter closes. See your dealer for service will remain open until it is activated
before using the power liftgate. again or closed manually.
while the liftgate is moving to stop it.
Pressing again restarts the Obstacle Detection Features Setting the 3/4 Mode
operation in the reverse direction.
The touch pad on the liftgate handle If the liftgate encounters an obstacle To change the position the liftgate
cannot be used to close the liftgate. during a power open or close cycle, stops at when opening:
a warning chime will sound and the 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
Do not manually force the liftgate to liftgate will automatically reverse
open or close during a power cycle. open the liftgate.
direction and move a short distance
The power liftgate may be away from the obstacle. After 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
temporarily disabled in extremely removing the obstruction, the power the desired height by pressing
low temperatures, or after repeated liftgate operation can be used again. any liftgate button. Manually
power cycling over a short period of If the liftgate encounters multiple adjust the liftgate position if
obstacles on the same power cycle, needed.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Caution
Do not use too much force when
closing the liftgate to avoid
damage.
When closing the liftgate using this Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
Caution feature, there will be a short delay. and clothing clear of the power
The rear lights will flash and a assist steps when in motion. The
Splashing water may cause the chime will sound. Step away from steps will reverse direction if they
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE the gate before it starts moving. encounter an obstruction when
transmitter away from the rear opening or closing. Remove the
bumper detection area or turn the Power Assist Steps obstruction, then open and close the
liftgate mode to OFF when door on the same side to complete
cleaning or working near the rear the motion of the assist steps. If the
bumper to avoid accidental obstruction is not cleared, the assist
opening. steps remain extended while driving.
There are two other modes of
. Do not sweep your foot side operation:
to side. Deploy Mode: To extend both power
. Do not keep your foot under the assist steps for cleaning, press j
bumper; the liftgate will not while the vehicle is in P (Park) or
activate.
N (Neutral). Press j again to
. Do not touch the liftgate until it retract them. The DIC will display a
has stopped moving. message.
. This feature may be temporarily If equipped, the power assist steps Lock Mode: Press and hold j for
disabled under some conditions. will deploy when the door is opened four seconds to lock and disable the
If the liftgate does not respond to and automatically retract power assist steps. Press and
the kick, open or close the three seconds after the door is
liftgate by another method or closed. The power assist steps will hold j for four seconds again to
start the vehicle. The feature will retract immediately if the vehicle enable them. The DIC will display a
be re-enabled. starts moving. message.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Immobilizer The security light, in the instrument It is possible for the immobilizer
cluster, comes on if there is a system to learn new or replacement
See Radio Frequency Statement problem with arming or disarming keys. Up to eight keys can be
0 427. the theft-deterrent system. programmed for the vehicle. To
When trying to start the vehicle, the program additional keys, see Keys
Immobilizer Operation security light comes on briefly when (Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key
(Key Access) the ignition is turned on. Access) 0 31. To program additional
transmitters, see Remote Keyless
If the engine does not start and the Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
security light stays on, there is a Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
problem with the system. Turn the Entry (RKE) System Operation
ignition off and try again. (Keyless Access) 0 37.
If the engine still does not start, and Do not leave the key or device that
the key appears to be undamaged, disarms or deactivates the vehicle
This vehicle has a passive try another ignition key. It may be theft system in the vehicle.
theft-deterrent system. necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses 0 342. If the engine still does See your dealer to get a new key
The system does not have to be not start with the other key, the blank cut exactly as the ignition key
manually armed or disarmed. vehicle needs service. If the vehicle that operates the system.
The vehicle is automatically does start, the first key may be
immobilized when the vehicle is faulty. See your dealer. Immobilizer Operation
turned off. (Keyless Access)
The system is automatically This vehicle has a passive
disarmed when the key is turned to theft-deterrent system.
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, The system does not have to be
or START from the LOCK/OFF manually armed or disarmed.
position.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
The immobilization system is If the engine does not start and the Exterior Mirrors
disarmed when the ignition button is security light stays on, there is a
pressed in and a valid transmitter is problem with the system. Turn the
found in the vehicle. vehicle off and try again. Convex Mirrors
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter { Warning
or place the transmitter in the A convex mirror can make things,
transmitter pocket/insert next to the like other vehicles, look farther
center console storage area
away than they really are. If you
between the driver and front
cut too sharply into the right lane,
passenger seats. See “Starting the
The security light in the instrument Vehicle with a Low Transmitter” you could hit a vehicle on the
cluster comes on if there is a under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) right. Check the inside mirror or
problem with arming or disarming System Operation (Key Access) glance over your shoulder before
the theft-deterrent system. 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry changing lanes.
The system has one or more (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
transmitters matched to an Access) 0 37. The passenger side mirror is convex
immobilizer control unit in the If the engine does not start with the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
vehicle. Only a correctly matched other transmitter or when the curved so more can be seen from
transmitter will start the vehicle. transmitter is in the pocket in the the driver seat.
If the transmitter is ever damaged, center console, the vehicle needs
you may not be able to start the service. See your dealer who can
vehicle. service the theft-deterrent system
When trying to start the vehicle, the and have a new transmitter
security light comes on briefly when programmed to the vehicle.
the ignition is turned on. Do not leave the transmitter or
device that disarms or deactivates
the theft-deterrent system in the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors
is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check
image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the
small and near the inboard adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your
image in the main mirror gets vehicle.
If equipped with memory seats, the
larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, there are
3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the three buttons at the bottom of the
zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This mirror. See your dealer for more
from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when information on the system and how
blind spot mirror. parallel parking. to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview 0 431.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original
zone, the image only appears position when: To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
R (Reverse) for about
the Blind Spot Mirror 30 seconds.
dampened with water.
1. Set the main mirror so that the . The ignition is turned off.
side of the vehicle can just be Manual Rearview Mirror
seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in Push the tab forward for daytime
has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed. use and pull it rearward for
2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see nighttime use to avoid glare of the
before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 173. headlamps from behind.
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Second Row Seats Return the lowered head restraint to Front Seats
the upright position until it locks into
The vehicle's second row seats
place. Push and pull on the head
have head restraints in the outboard
restraint to make sure it is locked. Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted. If you are installing a child restraint
in the third row seat, see “Securing { Warning
The second row seat outboard head
a Child Restraint Designed for the You can lose control of the
restraints are not removable.
LATCH System” under Lower vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Third Row Seats Anchors and Tethers for Children
seat while the vehicle is moving.
(LATCH System) 0 109.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
2. Slide the seat to the desired Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
position and release the Lumbar Adjustment 0 66.
handle. Some vehicles are equipped with a
3. Try to move the seat back and feature that activates a vibrating
forth to be sure it is locked in pulse alert in the driver seat to help
place. the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
To adjust the seatback, see Assistance Systems 0 280.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 67.
Lumbar Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 66. Manual Lumbar
Center Seat
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
cupholder/storage area for the driver . Move the seat forward or
and passenger when the center rearward by sliding the control
front seat is not used. Do not use it forward or rearward.
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down. . If equipped, raise or lower the
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the If equipped, move the lever up or
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 67.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the power lumbar support, other injuries.
if equipped:
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
. Press and hold the control your abdomen. The belt forces
forward to increase or rearward would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
to decrease upper and lower bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
lumbar support at the same time. internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
. If equipped, press and hold the For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
control up to increase upper vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
lumbar support and decrease seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
lower lumbar support. back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
Press and hold the control down safety belt properly. locked.
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside If something has blocked the driver To stop recall movement, press one
mirrors, power tilt and seat, power tilt and telescoping of the memory, power mirror,
telescopic steering column (if steering column, and/or adjustable or power seat controls; press the
equipped), and adjustable pedals while recalling a memory power tilt and telescoping steering
pedals (if equipped). position, the recall may stop. column control (if equipped); or
3. Press and release SET. A beep Remove the obstruction; then press press the adjustable pedal control (if
will sound. and hold the appropriate manual equipped).
control for the memory item that is
4. Immediately press and hold 1 not recalling for two seconds. Try Easy Exit Recall
until two beeps sound. recalling the memory position again If programmed on in the vehicle
5. Repeat steps 1–4 for a second by pressing the appropriate memory personalization menu, the easy exit
driver using 2. button. If the memory position is still feature automatically recalls the
not recalling, see your dealer for previously stored B positions when
To store exit positions and easy exit service. leaving the vehicle. See Vehicle
features to the B (Exit) button, Personalization 0 173.
Automatically Recalling Memory
repeat steps 1–4 using B to store Positions (Auto Memory Recall) Easy exit recall automatically
your positions for getting out of the activates when one of the following
vehicle. If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the Auto occurs:
Manually Recalling Memory (Automatic) Memory Recall feature . The vehicle is turned off and the
Positions automatically recalls the current driver door is opened within a
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 short time.
Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
position when the ignition is
manually recall the previously . The vehicle is turned off with the
changed from off to ON/RUN or
stored memory positions. Releasing ACC/ACCESSORY. driver door open.
1, 2, or B before the stored To stop recall movement, press one
See “Auto Memory Recall” under
positions are reached stops the of the memory, driver seat, outside
“Comfort and Convenience” in
recall. mirror, or power tilt and telescoping
Vehicle Personalization 0 173.
steering column controls.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Press the button once for the The heated or cooled seat indicator Rear Seats
highest setting. With each press of lights do not turn on during a remote
the button, the seat will change to start.
the next lower setting, and then to Heated Rear Seats
The temperature performance of an
the off setting. The indicator lights unoccupied seat may be reduced.
next to the buttons indicate three for This is normal. { Warning
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on The heated or cooled seats will not If you cannot feel temperature
high for an extended time, their level turn on during a remote start unless change or pain to the skin, the
may automatically be lowered. they are enabled in the vehicle seat heater may cause burns.
personalization menu. See Remote See the Warning under Heated
The passenger seat may take Vehicle Start 0 43 and Vehicle
longer to heat up. and Cooled Front Seats 0 70.
Personalization 0 173.
Remote Start Auto Heated and
Cooled Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
cooled seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
cooled seats turn on. The heated or
cooled seats are canceled when the
ignition is turned on. Press the
heated or cooled seat button to use
the heated or cooled seats after the
vehicle is started.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
3. Lift the lever again to release seat to make sure it is locked into 2. Pull the strap on the bottom
the rear of the seat from the place. rear of the second row seat to
floor. The seat will tumble release the seatback. The
forward. To fold and tumble the seat from the seatback will fold forward.
4. The rear pull strap can also be third row seat, if equipped:
used to fold or fold and tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing
the seat. It is easier to tumble under, in front of, or on
the seat from the rear pull strap the seat.
once the seat is already
folded flat.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
3. Pull the strap again to release Folding and Tumbling the Seat
the rear of the seat from the { Warning To fold and tumble the seat:
floor. The seat will tumble
forward. Automatically folding and 1. Make sure that there is nothing
tumbling the seat when someone under, in front of, or on
Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat.
Feature injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
{ Warning sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release button.
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move Caution
when the vehicle is in motion. Folding a rear seat with the safety
People in the vehicle could be belts still fastened may cause
injured in a sudden stop or crash. damage to the seat or the safety
Be sure to return the seat to the belts. Always unbuckle the safety
passenger seating position before belts and return them to their Driver Side Rear Panel Button
driving the vehicle. Push and pull normal stowed position before Shown
on the seat to make sure it is folding a rear seat.
locked into place. 2. Press the automatic seat
release button on the panel
The transmission must be in behind the rear doors. The
P (Park) for this feature to work. seatback automatically
folds flat.
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold
and tumble the seat to gain entry to 3. Press the button again to
the third row. release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Folding and Tumbling the Seat The left button folds the left 1. Pull the seat down until both
from the Cargo Area seatback, and the right button sides of the seat are latched to
folds the right seatback. the floor. Make sure the seat is
3. Press the button again to securely latched to the floor
release the rear of the seat before raising the seatback.
from the floor. The seat will If both sides are not latched to
tumble forward. the floor, the seatback will not
raise.
The buttons (2) can be used to fold
or fold and unfold the third row 2. Lift the seatback and push it
seatbacks from the cargo area. See rearward. Push and pull on the
Third Row Seats 0 76. seatback to make sure it is
locked.
Returning the Seat to the
Sitting Position Third Row Seats
Folding the Seatback
1. Second Row Power Seat
Buttons
{ Warning
2. Third Row Power Seat If either seatback is not locked, it Caution
Buttons could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause Folding a rear seat with the safety
To fold and tumble the seat from the belts still fastened may cause
cargo area: injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the damage to the seat or the safety
1. Make sure that there is nothing seatbacks to be sure they are belts. Always unbuckle the safety
under, in front of, or on locked. belts and return them to their
the seat. normal stowed position before
2. Press the button (1) on the side folding a rear seat.
To return the seat to the sitting
trim of the cargo area to fold position from the tumbled position:
the seatback.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
On third row seats (if equipped), the 5. Disconnect the rear safety belt
seatbacks can be folded to increase mini-latch using a key in the
cargo space. slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
Manual Operation headliner.
To fold the seatback (if equipped):
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
3. Make sure the second row
seatbacks are in the upright 8. Pull up on the lever on the
position. back of the seat to release the
4. Fully lower the head restraints. seatback.
See Head Restraints 0 64. 9. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.
7. Stow the mini-latch in the 10. Repeat the steps for the other
holder in the headliner. seatback, if desired.
Automatic Operation
The transmission must be in
P (Park) for this feature to work.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. Second Row Power Seat 4. Disconnect the rear safety belt 5. Press and hold the switch (2)
Buttons mini-latch, using a key in the on the side trim of the cargo
2. Third Row Power Seat slot on the mini-buckle, and let area to fold the seatback.
Buttons the belt retract into the The left switch folds the left
headliner. Stow the mini-latch seatback, and the right switch
To fold the seatback (if equipped): in the holder in the headliner. folds the right seatback.
1. Open the liftgate to access the
controls for the seat. 6. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on The switches (1) can be used to fold
the seat. or fold and tumble the second row
seats from the cargo area. See
3. Fully lower the head restraints. Second Row Seats 0 72.
See Head Restraints 0 64. Put
the second row seatbacks in
the upright position. See
Second Row Seats 0 72.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt except for
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause the center front passenger position,
serious or even fatal injuries. if equipped, which has a lap belt.
There are important things to know See Lap Belt 0 87.
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest. If you are using a rear seating
These parts of the body are best position with a detachable safety
able to take belt restraining belt, and the safety belt is not
forces. The shoulder belt locks if attached, see Third Row Seats 0 76
there is a sudden stop or crash. for instructions on reconnecting the
safety belt to the mini-buckle.
{ Warning The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
You can be seriously injured, properly.
or even killed, by not wearing 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
your safety belt properly. adjustable, so you can sit up
. Never allow the lap or straight. To see how, see
shoulder belt to become “Seats” in the Index.
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull 3. Push the latch plate into the
the belt across you. Do not let buckle until it clicks. If the latch
it get twisted. plate will not go fully into the
The lap-shoulder belt may lock buckle, check if the correct
if you pull the belt across you buckle is being used.
very quickly. If this happens, let Pull up on the latch plate to
the belt go back slightly to make sure it is secure. If the
unlock it. Then pull the belt For front seating positions, belt is not long enough, see
across you more slowly. if the webbing locks in the latch Safety Belt Extender 0 88.
plate before it reaches the
If the shoulder portion of a buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to Position the release button on
passenger belt is pulled out all unlock. the buckle so that the safety
the way, the child restraint belt could be quickly unbuckled
locking feature may be if necessary.
engaged. If this happens, let 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
the belt go back all the way height adjuster, move it to the
and start again. height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Airbag System
necessary even if the safety belt
System Parts after a system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following
Crash time of the crash. airbags:
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger.
A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A seat-mounted side impact
A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 144. airbag for the driver.
may not properly protect the . A seat-mounted side impact
person using it, resulting in airbag for the front outboard
serious injury or even death in a passenger.
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
properly after a crash, have them and for the second and third row
inspected and any necessary passengers seated directly
behind the driver.
replacements made as soon as
possible. . A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
After a minor crash, replacement of passengers seated directly
safety belts may not be necessary. behind the front outboard
But the safety belt assemblies that passenger.
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged. The vehicle may have the following
See your dealer to have the safety airbag:
belt assemblies inspected or . A front center airbag for the
replaced. driver and front outboard
passenger.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
impact exceeds the specific airbag whether the object is fixed or designed to inflate in frontal
system's deployment threshold. moving, rigid or deformable, narrow impacts, near frontal impacts,
Deployment thresholds are used to or wide. or rear impacts.
predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to Seat-mounted side impact airbags
to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear are designed to inflate in moderate
inflate and help restrain the impacts, or many side impacts. to severe side crashes depending
occupants. The vehicle has on the location of the impact.
electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal Seat-mounted side impact airbags
airbag system determine the are not designed to inflate in frontal
severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint impacts, near frontal impacts,
thresholds can vary with specific rollovers, or rear impacts.
vehicle design. according to crash severity.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
Frontal airbags are designed to The vehicle also has a seat position is designed to inflate on the side of
inflate in moderate to severe frontal sensor that enables the sensing the vehicle that is struck.
or near frontal crashes to help system to monitor the position of the
driver seat. The seat position sensor Roof-rail airbags are designed to
reduce the potential for severe inflate in moderate to severe side
injuries, mainly to the driver's or provides information that is used to
adjust the deployment of the driver crashes depending on the location
front outboard passenger's head of the impact. In addition, these
and chest. frontal airbag.
roof-rail airbags are designed to
Whether the frontal airbags will or The front center airbag, if equipped, inflate during a rollover or in a
should inflate is not based primarily is designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. severe side crashes depending airbags are not designed to inflate in
It depends on what is hit, the upon the location of the impact, rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
direction of the impact, and how when either side of the vehicle is will inflate when either side of the
quickly the vehicle slows down. struck. In addition, the front center vehicle is struck, if the sensing
airbag is designed to inflate when system predicts that the vehicle is
Frontal airbags may inflate at the sensing system predicts that the
different crash speeds depending on about to roll over on its side, or in a
vehicle is about to roll over on its severe frontal impact.
whether the vehicle hits an object side. The front center airbag is not
straight on or at an angle, and
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after
say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
an Airbag Inflates?
vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the After the frontal airbags and
occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so
Inflate? are also designed to help contain quickly that some people may not
the head and chest of occupants in even realize an airbag inflated. The
In a deployment event, the sensing front center airbag, if equipped, and
the outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal the roof-rail airbags may still be at
first, second, and third rows. The
triggering a release of gas from the least partially inflated for some time
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the after they inflate. Some components
designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out of the airbag module may be hot for
full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, several minutes. For location of the
events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of airbags, see Where Are the
prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module. Airbags? 0 91.
But airbags would not help in many
For airbag locations, see Where Are The parts of the airbag that come
types of collisions, primarily
the Airbags? 0 91. into contact with you may be warm,
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When but not too hot to touch. There may
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 92 for be some smoke and dust coming
Restrain? more information. from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
In moderate to severe frontal or Airbags should never be regarded prevent the driver from seeing out of
near frontal collisions, even belted as anything more than a supplement the windshield or being able to steer
occupants can contact the steering to safety belts. the vehicle, nor does it prevent
wheel or the instrument panel. In people from leaving the vehicle.
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
and turn off the interior lamps and . Airbags are designed to inflate
{ Warning hazard warning flashers by using only once. After an airbag
the controls for those features. inflates, you will need some new
When an airbag inflates, there parts for the airbag system.
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems { Warning If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another
asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include
To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly
vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual
it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need
breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts.
get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could records information after a
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data
problems following an airbag the vehicle. Recording and Privacy 0 428
deployment, you should seek and Event Data Recorders
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt 0 429.
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians
The vehicle has a feature that may work on the airbag systems.
automatically unlock the doors, turn Improper service can mean that
on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work
warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for
fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation. service.
The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may
without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
threshold. You can lock the doors,
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will Never put a rear-facing child seat in
be visible. See Passenger Airbag the front. This is because the risk to
System Status Indicator 0 145. the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
passenger frontal airbag under { Warning
certain conditions. No other airbag
will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger A child in a rear-facing child
when the vehicle is started. sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child
the front outboard passenger seat
restraint would be very close to
and safety belt. The sensors are
the inflating airbag. A child in a
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and forward-facing child restraint can
United States determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates
allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing
secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the
child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no
Canada and Mexico and size. system is fail-safe. No one can
Whenever possible, children aged guarantee that an airbag will not
The words ON and OFF, or the inflate under some unusual
symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the
visible during the system check. airbag is off.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or (Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Remove the child restraint from 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
the vehicle. restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant
3. Remove any additional items vehicle, the on indicator is still
from the seat such as blankets, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
cushions, seat covers, seat slightly recline the vehicle
heaters, or seat massagers. seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback
following the directions is not pushing the child
provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion.
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints Also make sure the child
(Center Front Seat) 0 117 or restraint is not trapped under
Securing Child Restraints the vehicle head restraint.
(Rear Seat) 0 117 or Securing If this happens, adjust the head
Child Restraints (Front restraint. See Head Restraints
Passenger Seat) 0 119. 0 64. If a person of adult size is sitting in
6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat,
Make sure the safety belt
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
retractor is locked by pulling The passenger sensing system may
because that person is not sitting
the shoulder belt all the way or may not turn off the airbag for a
properly in the seat or that the child
out of the retractor when child in a child restraint depending
restraint locking feature is engaged.
installing the child restraint, upon the child’s size. It is better to
If this happens, use the following
even if the child restraint is secure the child restraint in a
steps to allow the system to detect
equipped with a safety belt rear seat.
that person and enable the front
lock-off. When the retractor
outboard passenger frontal airbag:
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of 1. Turn the vehicle off.
the retractor.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young
belt. The belt force would then be Children
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
front center airbag, a child restraint Do not use child restraints in the
can be installed in any second row Warning (Continued) center front seat position.
seating position. When securing a child restraint in a
deploy under some unusual
Never put a rear-facing child seat in circumstance, even though it is rear seating position, study the
the front. This is because the risk to turned off. instructions that came with the child
the rear-facing child is so great if the restraint to make sure it is
airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints compatible with this vehicle.
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
Child restraints and booster seats
{ Warning is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
better than others.
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure Depending on where you place the
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. child restraint and the size of the
the back of the rear-facing child child restraint, you may not be able
See Passenger Sensing System to access adjacent safety belt
restraint would be very close to 0 96 for additional information. assemblies or LATCH anchors for
the inflating airbag. A child in a
additional passengers or child
forward-facing child restraint can restraints. Adjacent seating
be seriously injured or killed if the positions should not be used if the
front passenger airbag inflates { Warning child restraint prevents access to or
and the passenger seat is in a interferes with the routing of the
forward position. A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly safety belt.
Even if the passenger sensing injured or killed by the frontal Wherever a child restraint is
system has turned off the front airbags if they inflate. Never installed, be sure to secure the child
passenger frontal airbag, no secure a child restraint in the restraint properly.
system is fail-safe. No one can center front seat. It is always Keep in mind that an unsecured
guarantee that an airbag will not better to secure a child restraint in child restraint can move around in a
(Continued) a rear seat. collision or sudden stop and injure
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s The following explains how to attach
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in a child restraint with these
the vehicle — even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer attachments in the vehicle.
in it. recommends that the booster seat Not all vehicle seating positions or
be secured with the LATCH system, child restraints have lower anchors
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the and attachments or top tether
booster seat can be positioned
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
anchors and attachments. In this
(LATCH System) case, the safety belt must be used
with the proper positioning of the (with top tether where available) to
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. secure the child restraint. See
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions Securing Child Restraints (Center
LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, Front Seat) 0 117 or Securing Child
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 117 or
restraint to the anchors in the manual. Securing Child Restraints (Front
vehicle. The LATCH system is Passenger Seat) 0 119.
designed to make installation of a When installing a child restraint with
child restraint easier. a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors
either the lower anchors or the
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child child restraint. A child restraint must
restraint that has LATCH never be installed using only the top
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether and anchor.
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed The LATCH anchorage system can
using either the LATCH anchors or be used until the combined weight
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not of the child plus the child restraint is
use both the safety belts and the 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
LATCH anchorage system to secure alone instead of the LATCH
a rear-facing or forward-facing anchorage system once the
child seat. combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars forward movement and rotation of Lower Anchor and Top Tether
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint during driving or in Anchor Locations
lower anchors for each LATCH a crash.
seating position that will The child restraint may have a
accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
lower attachments (2). Either will have a single
Top Tether Anchor attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have Second Row — 60/40
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
H (Lower Anchor) : Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
the instructions for your child
restraint. I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the
attachments to the lower lower attachments on the
anchors. If the child restraint child restraint to the lower
does not have lower anchors.
attachments or the desired 2. If the child restraint
seating position does not have manufacturer recommends that
lower anchors, secure the child the top tether be attached,
restraint with the the safety attach and tighten the top
belts and top tether when tether to the top tether anchor.
recommended by the child Refer to the child restraint . If the position you are
restraint manufacturer. Refer to instructions and the following using does not have a
your child restraint steps: head restraint and you
manufacturer instructions and are using a single
the instructions in this manual. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. tether, route the tether
For the third row outboard For models with a third over the seatback.
seating positions, if the head row seat, move the flipper
restraint interferes with the panel rearward to access
proper installation of the child the top tether anchors.
restraint, then the head
restraint may be removed. See 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
“Head Restraint Removal and the top tether according to
Reinstallation under Lower your child restraint
Anchors and Tethers for instructions and the
Children (LATCH System) following instructions:
0 109.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for . If the position you are
the desired seating using does not have a
position. head restraint and you
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
2. Press the buttons on the head 4. With the head restraint facing Replacing LATCH System
restraint posts, and pull up on rearward, insert the head Parts After a Crash
the head restraint. restraint posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback.
3. Route the tether of the child
restraint under the head 5. Push the head restraint down.
{ Warning
restraint. 6. Try to move the head restraint A crash can damage the LATCH
to make sure that it is locked in system in the vehicle. A damaged
place. LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
7. When the child restraint is
resulting in serious injury or even
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating death in a crash. To help make
position is used. sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
For the third row outboard 3. Push the latch plate into the
seating positions, if the head buckle until it clicks.
restraint interferes with the If the latch plate will not go fully
proper installation of the child into the buckle, check to see if
restraint, the head restraint the correct buckle is
may be removed. See “Head being used.
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on
Anchors and Tethers for the buckle so that the safety
Children (LATCH System) belt could be quickly unbuckled
0 109. if necessary.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions 5. To tighten the belt, push down
of the vehicle's safety belt on the child restraint, pull the
through or around the restraint. shoulder portion of the belt to
The child restraint instructions tighten the lap portion of the
will show you how. belt and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
the lock. When the retractor
retractor is not locked, repeat
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of Steps 4 and 5.
the retractor.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
6. If the child restraint has a top seating position is used. See “Head
tether, follow the child restraint Restraint Removal and { Warning
manufacturer’s instructions Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
regarding the use of the top and Tethers for Children (LATCH A child in a rear-facing child
tether. Refer to the instructions System) 0 109 for additional restraint can be seriously injured
that came with the child information on reinstalling the head or killed if the front outboard
restraint and see Lower restraint properly. passenger frontal airbag inflates.
Anchors and Tethers for This is because the back of the
Children (LATCH System) Securing Child Restraints rear-facing child restraint would
0 109. be very close to the inflating
(Front Passenger Seat) airbag. A child in a forward-facing
7. Before placing a child in the
This vehicle has airbags. A rear child restraint can be seriously
child restraint, make sure it is
seat is a safer place to secure a injured or killed if the front
securely held in place. To
forward-facing child restraint. See outboard passenger frontal airbag
check, grasp the child restraint
Where to Put the Restraint 0 107. inflates and the passenger seat is
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side In addition, the vehicle has a in a forward position.
and back and forth. When the passenger sensing system which is Even if the passenger sensing
child restraint is properly designed to turn off the front system has turned off the front
installed, there should be no outboard passenger frontal airbag outboard passenger frontal
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of under certain conditions. See airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
movement. Passenger Sensing System 0 96
one can guarantee that an airbag
and Passenger Airbag Status
To remove the child restraint, will not deploy under some
Indicator 0 145 for more information,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and unusual circumstance, even
including important safety
let it return to the stowed position. though it is turned off.
information.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it. Never put a rear-facing child seat in Secure rear-facing child restraints
the front. This is because the risk to in a rear seat, even if the airbag
If the head restraint was removed is off. If you secure a
the rear-facing child is so great if the
for a third row outboard seating
airbag deploys. (Continued)
position, reinstall it before the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
122 Storage
Storage 123
If equipped, sunglasses storage is There is storage in the floor of the Pull the handle and lift to access the
on the overhead console. Press the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to console. There are USB ports, an
fixed button on the cover and access. There is a removable auxiliary jack, an accessory power
release to access. There may be a divider to help organize. outlet, a tote compartment, and a
child-view mirror located within the device holder.
sunglasses bin. Release the bin and On the rear of the console, there are
then push up halfway to secure in auxiliary jacks, a High Voltage
position. Power Outlet (HVPO), and an open
storage area.
Armrest Storage
See Power Outlets 0 133, USB Port
For vehicles with a rear seat 0 204, and Auxiliary Jack 0 207.
armrest, pull the loop at the top of If equipped with an uplevel radio,
the armrest down to access the see the infotainment manual.
cupholders.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
124 Storage
Storage 125
Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Controls i : Press to reject an incoming
Steering Wheel call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
@ : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
1. Favorite: When on a radio The steering wheel takes about OFF : Turns the windshield
source, press to select the next three minutes to start heating. wipers off.
or previous favorite. When on a 8 (Mist) : For a single wipe, turn
media source, press to select Horn to 8, then release. For several
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
To sound the horn, press a on the wipes, hold the band on 8 longer.
steering wheel.
decrease the volume. Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 335.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit
breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever. Wiper Parking
The windshield wipers are controlled If the ignition is put in OFF while the
by turning the band with z wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
FRONT on it. they will immediately stop.
1 (High Speed) : Fast wipes. If z FRONT is then moved to
( (Heated Steering Wheel, If w (Low Speed) : Slow wipes. OFF before the driver door is
Equipped) : Press to turn it on or opened or within 10 minutes, the
off. A light next to the button 3 INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Turn wipers will restart and move to the
displays when the feature is the z FRONT band up for more base of the windshield.
turned on. frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
If the ignition is put in OFF while the . Turn the band up to a higher INT If z AUTO is on when the ignition
wipers are performing wipes due to setting for more sensitivity to is turned on, or if the ignition is in
windshield washing or Rainsense, moisture.
ON/RUN and the z FRONT band
the wipers continue to run until they . Turn the band down to the lower
reach the base of the windshield. is in one of the sensitivity settings
INT setting for less sensitivity to when z AUTO is turned on or off,
Rainsense™ moisture.
a message may display indicating if
With Rainsense, a sensor near the Move the band out of the 3 INT Rainsense was turned on or off.
top center of the windshield detects position to deactivate Rainsense. If the ignition is in ON/RUN and z
the amount of water on the
FRONT is not in one of the
windshield and controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper. sensitivity settings when z AUTO
is turned on, a message may
Keep this area of the windshield display indicating that the wiper
clear of debris to allow for best band must be in one of the
system performance. sensitivity settings for Rainsense to
3 INT (Rainsense Wipe operate.
Sensitivity) : Turn the z FRONT z AUTO (Rainsense On/Off) : Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
band on the wiper lever to adjust the Press to turn Rainsense on or off.
sensitivity when Rainsense is When using an automatic car wash,
When turned on and z FRONT is move the windshield wiper lever to
turned on.
in one of the Rainsense wipe OFF. This disables the automatic
sensitivity positions, the wipers can Rainsense windshield wipers.
be adjusted for more or less
With Rainsense, if the transmission
sensitivity to moisture by adjusting
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
the INT position. When turned off,
speed is very slow, the wipers may
the wipers operate as timed
automatically stop at the base of the
intermittent wipers and can be
windshield.
adjusted for more or less frequent
wipes.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
The wiper operations return to Rear Window Wiper/ The rear window wiper/washer will
normal when the transmission is no not operate if the liftgate or liftglass
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
Washer is open or ajar. If the liftgate or
speed has increased. liftglass is opened while the rear
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the
Windshield Washer parked position and stops.
in R (Reverse), and the front open area where it can receive a Auto Set requires an active
windshield wiper is performing GPS signal. The compass system connection to OnStar.
interval wipes, then the rear wiper will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time
automatically performs interval GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not
wipes. a heading again. See Compass update immediately when driving
This feature can be turned on or off. Messages 0 162 for the messages into a new time zone.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 173. that may be displayed for the
compass. To set the clock display:
The windshield washer reservoir is 1. Select SETTINGS from the
used for the windshield and the rear Clock Home Page, then select Time
window. Check the fluid level in the and Date.
reservoir if either washer is not Setting the Time and Date with
working. See Washer Fluid 0 328. Faceplate Controls 2. Select Clock Display.
To set the time or date: 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
Compass or On.
1. Select SETTINGS from the
The vehicle may have a compass Home Page, then select Time 4. Press the MENU knob to
display on the Driver Information and Date. select.
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information 2. Select the desired function. Press o BACK to go to the last
from the Global Positioning 3. Turn the MENU knob to menu and save the changes.
System (GPS) antenna, increase or decrease the value. Setting the Time and Date with
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to Touchscreen Controls
the next value. After the last To set the time:
The compass system is designed to value is selected, the system
operate for a certain number of will update and return to the 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
miles or degrees of turn before Settings menu. Press o BACK Page, then touch Time
needing a signal from the GPS and Date.
to go to the last menu and
satellites. When the compass
save the changes.
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
2. Touch Set Time, then touch « 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home . One in the third row seat on the
Page, then touch Time driver side.
or ª to increase or decrease
and Date. . One in the rear cargo area on
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or 2. Touch Clock Display, then the passenger side.
24 hour clock. touch OFF or ON to turn the
clock display off or on. Vehicles with Bench Seats
3. Touch } to go back to the . One on the center stack below
previous menu. 3. Touch } to go back to the the climate control system.
previous menu.
Auto Set requires an active . One in the storage area on the
connection to OnStar. bench seat.
Power Outlets
If auto timing is set, the time . One on the rear of the center
displayed on the clock may not Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct armrest storage.
update immediately when driving Current
. One in the third row seat area on
into a new time zone. Accessory power outlets can be the driver side.
To set the date: used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3 . One in the rear cargo area on
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home player, etc. the passenger side.
Page, then touch Time
The vehicle may have up to five Lift the cover to access and replace
and Date.
accessory power outlets: when not in use.
2. Touch Set Date, then touch « The accessory power outlets are
Vehicles with a Center Console
or ª to increase or decrease powered as follows:
month, day, or year. . One in front of the cupholders on
the center console. . The power outlet near the
3. Touch } to go back to the cupholders for vehicles with a
. One inside the center storage center console or on the center
previous menu. console. stack for vehicles with bench
To set the clock display: . One on the rear of the center seats, can be configured to
storage console. operate using Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) or
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
For vehicles with bench seats, the The power outlet is not designed for
110/120 volt power outlet is on the the following, and may not work { Warning
center stack below the climate properly if they are plugged in:
controls. Wireless charging can affect the
. Equipment with high initial peak operation of an implanted
An indicator light on the outlet turns wattage, such as pacemaker or other medical
on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators devices. If you have one, it is
comes on when the ignition is in and electric power tools. recommended to consult with
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less . Other equipment requiring an your doctor before using the
than 150 watts is plugged into the extremely stable power supply, wireless charging system.
outlet, and no system fault is such as
detected. microcomputer-controlled
The indicator light does not come on electric blankets and touch The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or sensor lamps. ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
if the equipment is not fully seated Accessory Power (RAP). The
. Medical equipment. wireless charging feature may not
into the outlet.
correctly indicate charging when the
If equipment is connected using Wireless Charging vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
more than 150 watts or a system Accessory Power (RAP) 0 251.
fault is detected, a protection circuit The vehicle may have wireless
shuts off the power supply and the charging on top of the center The operating temperature is −20 °C
indicator light turns off. To reset the console. See Center Console (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it Storage 0 123. The system charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
back in or turn the ignition off and wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
then back to ON/RUN. The power compatible mobile device. To check
restarts when equipment using 150 for phone or other device
compatibility, see
{ Warning
watts or less is plugged into the
outlet and a system fault is not www.gmtotalconnect.com. Remove all metal objects from the
detected. charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Metal objects,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Instrument Cluster
Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster) viewed. See “Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the call, mute the phone or switch to
There is an interactive display area
Index. handset operation.
in the center of the instrument
cluster. . Audio Navigation
. Phone Press V to select the Navigation
. Navigation app, then press p to enter the
. Settings Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
Audio last route and turn the voice
Press V to select the Audio app, prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
Press V to select the Settings app.
or change the audio source. In the
main application view, use w or x Use w or x to scroll through items
to change the station or go to the in the Settings menu.
Use the right steering wheel control next or previous track.
to open and scroll through the Units : Press p while Units is
different items and displays. Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Phone app, pressing V while the desired item is
applications. Use w or x to scroll then press p to enter the Phone highlighted. A checkmark will be
through the list of available menu. In the Phone menu, if there is displayed next to the selected item.
applications. Not all applications will no active phone call, view recent
be available on all vehicles. calls, scroll through contacts, select Info Pages : Press p while Info
from the favorites, or change the Pages is displayed to enter the Info
. Info App. This is where the Pages menu and select the items to
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
English the oil level as soon as possible.
The engine oil pressure gauge Add oil if required, but if the oil
shows the engine oil pressure level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low, Metric
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is have the vehicle serviced. Always
running. follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature and oil
viscosity.
A reading outside the normal
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn
Driver Safety Belt Reminder on if an object is put on the seat
Light There may be a passenger safety such as a briefcase, handbag,
belt reminder light near the grocery bag, laptop, or other
There is a driver safety belt passenger airbag status indicator. electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light on the instrument See Passenger Sensing System reminder light and/or chime, remove
cluster. 0 96. the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
for several seconds when the indicator will light either ON or OFF,
vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator or the on or off symbol, to let you
not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger know the status of the front
immediately. sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
Sensing System 0 96 for important If the word ON or the on symbol is
{ Warning safety information. The passenger
airbag status indicator is in the
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
If the airbag readiness light stays overhead console. outboard passenger frontal airbag is
on after the vehicle is started or allowed to inflate.
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be If the word OFF or the off symbol is
working properly. The airbags in lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
the vehicle might not inflate in a
system has turned off the front
crash, or they could even inflate
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
without a crash. To help avoid United States
injury, have the vehicle serviced If, after several seconds, both status
right away. indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
If there is a problem with the airbag passenger sensing system. See
system, a Driver Information Center your dealer for service.
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
0 169. Canada and Mexico { Warning
When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever
passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol that something may be wrong
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after (Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
not used to perform an Emissions See your dealer if the vehicle will When the ignition is on, the brake
Inspection/Maintenance test or to not pass or cannot be made ready system warning light also comes on
service the vehicle may affect for the test. when the parking brake is set. The
vehicle operation See Add-On light stays on if the parking brake
Electrical Equipment 0 310. See Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on
your dealer if assistance is needed. after the parking brake is fully
Light released, it means the vehicle has a
The vehicle may not pass
The vehicle brake system consists brake problem.
inspection if:
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
. The light is on when the engine If the light comes on while driving,
circuit is not working, the remaining
is running. pull off the road and stop carefully.
circuit can still work to stop the
The pedal might be harder to push,
. The light does not come on vehicle. For normal braking
or the pedal can go closer to the
when the ignition is in ON/RUN performance, both circuits need to
floor. It may take longer to stop.
with the engine not running for be working.
If the light is still on, have the
Key Access or in Service Only If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See
Mode for Keyless Access. is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 0 385.
. Critical emission control systems system inspected right away.
have not been completely { Warning
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for The brake system might not be
inspection and might require working properly if the brake
several days of routine driving system warning light is on.
before the system is ready for Driving with the brake system
inspection. This can happen if Metric English warning light on can lead to a
the 12-volt battery has recently crash. If the light is still on after
been replaced or run down, or if This light should come on briefly
the vehicle has been pulled off
the vehicle has been recently when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it the road and carefully stopped,
serviced. have the vehicle towed for
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem. service.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
Light
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 148 and Brake System Messages
0 162.
This light comes on briefly when the If available (1500 series vehicles),
engine is started. Tow/Haul Mode Light this light comes on briefly while
If the light does not come on, have it starting the vehicle.
fixed so it will be ready to warn if If it does not come on, have the
there is a problem. vehicle serviced.
If the light comes on while driving, This light is green if LKA is available
stop as soon as it is safely possible to assist.
and turn off the vehicle. Then start LKA may assist by gently turning
the engine again to reset the For vehicles with the Tow/Haul the steering wheel if the vehicle
system. If the ABS light stays on, Mode feature, this light comes on approaches a detected lane marking
or comes on again while driving, the when the Tow/Haul Mode has been without using the turn signal in that
vehicle needs service. A chime may activated. direction. The LKA light will turn
also sound when the light comes on amber.
steady. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 259.
This light is amber and flashes as a
If the ABS light is the only light on, Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
the vehicle has regular brakes, but alert, to indicate that the lane
the antilock brakes are not marking has been crossed.
functioning.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 289.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the
normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off.
turns off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
The traction off light comes on when Control System (TCS) is also off.
the Traction Control System (TCS) If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
has been turned off by pressing and the system does not assist in
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
button. TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF and the warning light turns off.
display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is See Traction Control/Electronic
detected ahead and amber when turned off. Stability Control 0 267.
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Traction Control System
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
See Traction Control/Electronic (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
System 0 283.
Stability Control 0 267.
Traction Off Light
StabiliTrak® OFF Light
If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady Low Fuel Warning Light
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of
system have been disabled. A DIC the tires are significantly
message may display. Check the underinflated.
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning A Driver Information Center (DIC)
and whether the vehicle requires tire pressure message may also
service. display. See Tire Messages 0 169.
Stop as soon as possible, and
If the light is on and flashing, the inflate the tires to the pressure value This light is near the fuel gauge and
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system shown on the Tire and Loading comes on briefly when the ignition is
is actively working. Information label. See Tire Pressure turned on as a check to show it is
See Traction Control/Electronic 0 358. working.
Stability Control 0 267. It also comes on when the fuel tank
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady is low on fuel. The light turns off
Tire Pressure Light when fuel is added. If it does not,
If the light flashes for about a minute have the vehicle serviced.
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the Security Light
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 361.
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information The security light should come on
about tire pressures and the TPMS. briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and
miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel hold V for several seconds while
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history the Oil Life display is active. See
current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in Engine Oil Life System 0 317.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four
This also shows the approximate oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure
This number is calculated based on current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is
the number of L/100 km (mpg) When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
recorded since the last time this the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 360 and Tire
menu item was reset. This number message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 361.
reflects only the approximate See Engine Oil Messages 0 164. Fuel Economy : The center
average fuel economy that the The oil should be changed as soon displays the approximate
vehicle has right now, and will as possible. See Engine Oil 0 315. instantaneous fuel economy as a
change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life number and bar graph. Displayed
change. system monitoring the oil life, above the bar graph is a running
additional maintenance is average of fuel economy for the
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance
is active to reset the trip odometer most recently traveled selected
Schedule. See Maintenance distance. Displayed below the bar
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 401.
A and Trip B can also be reset by graph is the best average fuel
The Oil Life display must be reset economy that has been achieved for
pressing p and choosing reset. the selected distance. The selected
after each oil change. It will not
Fuel Range : Shows the reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life distance is displayed at the top of
approximate distance the vehicle display at any time other than when the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
can be driven without refueling. the oil has just been changed. to the odometer, the Active Fuel
LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until Management displays the number of
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
cylinders the vehicle is running on. the timer to zero, press and hold V is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
See Active Fuel Management® while this display is active, or press may appear in the OUTPUT display
0 254. p and select reset. if a trailer is not connected.
Press p to select the distance or Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
sign information, which comes from and roll information, road wheel
reset best value. Use w and x to
a roadway database in the onboard angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
choose the distance and press V. status.
navigation.
Press w and x to select “Reset Blank Page : Shows no
Engine Hours : Shows the total
Best Score.” Press V to reset the number of hours the engine has run. information.
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the momentary average fuel Transmission Fluid Head-Up Display (HUD)
economy will display. Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
The display provides information on transmission fluid in either degrees { Warning
how current driving behavior affects Celsius (°C) or degrees
the running average and how well Fahrenheit (°F). If the HUD image is too bright or
recent driving compares to the best too high in your field of view, it
that has been achieved for the Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On may take you more time to see
selected distance. vehicles with the Integrated Trailer things you need to see when it is
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the dark outside. Be sure to keep the
Timer : This display can be used as trailer brake display appears in HUD image dim and placed low in
a timer. To start the timer, press V the DIC.
your field of view.
while this display is active. The TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
display will show the amount of time gain setting. This setting can be
that has passed since the timer was If equipped with HUD, some
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
last reset. To stop the timer, press V information concerning the
a trailer connected or disconnected.
briefly while this display is active operation of the vehicle is projected
OUTPUT shows the power output to onto the windshield. The image is
and the timer is running. To reset
the trailer anytime a trailer with projected through the HUD lens on
electric brakes is connected. Output top of the instrument panel. The
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
HUD Troubleshooting
Check that:
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
Metric Metric too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
English English
If the HUD image is not correct,
Navigation View : This displays the Performance View : This displays contact your dealer.
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn the speedometer reading, rpm
Navigation information. The reading, transmission positions, and The windshield is part of the HUD
compass heading is displayed when gear shift indicator. system. See Windshield
navigation routing is not active. Replacement 0 336.
Care of the HUD
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
shown in the instrument cluster may Clean the inside of the windshield to
also be displayed in any HUD view. remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Engine Oil Messages and allow the vehicle to idle until it
ENGINE cools down. See Engine Coolant
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Temperature Gauge 0 142.
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE
idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 142. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE This message displays if low oil
OIL SOON message. See Engine pressure levels occur. Stop the
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 317 for vehicle as soon as safely possible
to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the and do not operate it until the cause
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode message. See Engine Oil 0 315 and of the low oil pressure has been
0 259. Maintenance Schedule 0 401. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL serviced by your dealer. See Engine
ENGINE Oil 0 315.
On some vehicles, this message
This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level
may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages
system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended
temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the This message displays and a chime
is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. may sound when the cooling system
damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 315. temperature gets too hot and the
the engine has cooled to a safe engine further enters the engine
operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE coolant protection mode. See
ENGINE Engine Overheating 0 326 for more
This message displays when the information.
engine oil becomes hotter than the This message also displays when
normal operating temperature. Stop the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
accelerate. If this message is on, See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low NUMBER OF KEYS
but there is no reduction in Transmitter Battery” under Remote PROGRAMMED
performance, proceed to your Keyless Entry (RKE) System
destination. The performance may Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or This message displays when
be reduced the next time the vehicle Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) programming new keys to the
is driven. The vehicle may be driven System Operation (Keyless Access) vehicle.
at a reduced speed while this 0 37. REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime NO REMOTE DETECTED This message displays when
this message stays on, the vehicle This message displays when the leaving the vehicle with the RKE
should be taken to your dealer for transmitter battery may be weak. transmitter still inside.
service as soon as possible. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low REPLACE BATTERY IN
Transmitter Battery” under Remote REMOTE KEY
Fuel System Messages Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or This message displays when the
FUEL LEVEL LOW Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) battery in the RKE transmitter needs
This message displays when the System Operation (Keyless Access) to be replaced.
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as 0 37.
soon as possible. Lamp Messages
NO REMOTE DETECTED
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART TURN SIGNAL ON
Key and Lock Messages
This message displays when This message displays and a chime
NO REMOTE KEY WAS attempting to turn off the vehicle sounds if a turn signal is left on for
DETECTED PLACE KEY IN and the RKE transmitter is no longer 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN detected. Restarting is allowed signal lever to the off position.
START YOUR VEHICLE without the RKE transmitter for
five minutes. Press the brake pedal
This message displays when trying to restart the vehicle.
to start the vehicle if an RKE
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Object Detection System some time. The FAB System does FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
not need service. This message can CLEAN WINDSHIELD
Messages display under the following
conditions: This message displays when the
AUTOMATIC COLLISION camera is blocked. Cleaning the
PREP OFF . The front of the vehicle or outside of the windshield behind the
This message displays when the windshield is not clean. Keep rearview mirror may correct the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) these areas clean and free of issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
System has been turned off. See mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. and the Lane Departure Warning
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) For cleaning instructions, see (LDW) system will not operate.
System 0 286. Exterior Care 0 391. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering Front Automatic Braking (FAB) may
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP with the object detection not work or may not work as well.
REDUCED performance. LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
This message displays when the This message may also be
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) This message indicates that the
displayed if there is a problem with driver has turned the Side Blind
System has been set to the Alert the StabiliTrak system. See Traction
setting. This setting disables most Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
Control/Electronic Stability Control Change Alert (LCA) systems off.
FAB functions. Some last-second 0 267.
automatic braking capability is still LANE KEEPING ASSIST
provided with the Alert setting, but FORWARD COLLISION
UNAVAILABLE
braking is less likely to occur. See ALERT OFF
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) This message displays when the
This message displays when the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
System 0 286.
Forward Collision Alert has been Departure Warning (LDW) system is
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP turned off. temporarily unavailable. The LKA
UNAVAILABLE system does not need service.
This message displays when the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System has been unavailable for
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
This message could be due to the Braking (FAB), and Forward vehicle is passing through an open
camera being blocked. Clean the Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take area, such as the desert, where
outside of the windshield behind the the vehicle to your dealer. there is insufficient data for
rearview mirror. operation. This message may also
SERVICE PARK ASSIST activate during heavy rain or due to
PARK ASSIST OFF This message displays if there is a road spray. The vehicle does not
This message displays when the problem with the Parking Assist need service. For cleaning, see
Parking Assist system has been system. Do not use this system to "Washing the Vehicle" under
turned off or when there is a help you park. See your dealer for Exterior Care 0 391.
temporary condition causing the service.
system to be disabled. Ride Control System
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SERVICE AUTOMATIC SYSTEM Messages
COLLISION PREP If this message remains on after SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM
If this message displays, take the continued driving, the vehicle needs If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
vehicle to your dealer to repair the service. Side Blind Zone Alert Control™ suspension system or
system. Adaptive Cruise Control (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic Level Control, this
(ACC), Forward Collision Alert and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) message displays when the leveling
(FCA), and/or the Front Automatic features will not work. Take the system is not operating properly.
Braking (FAB) System may not vehicle to your dealer. Have the vehicle serviced by your
work. Do not use these systems dealer.
until the vehicle has been repaired. SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE SERVICE STABILITRAK
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
This message indicates that Side If this message displays, it means
If this message remains on after Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane there may be a problem with the
continued driving, the vehicle needs Change Alert (LCA), and Rear StabiliTrak system. If you see this
service. Do not use the Lane Keep Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are message, try to reset the system.
Assist (LKA), Lane Departure disabled either because the sensor Stop; turn off the engine for at least
Warning (LDW), Front Automatic is blocked and cannot detect 15 seconds; then start the engine
vehicles in the blind zone, or the again. If this message still comes
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
on, it means there is a problem. You STABILITRAK INITIALIZING To limit wheel spin and realize the
should see your dealer for service. full benefits of the stability
This message may come on if the
The vehicle is safe to drive; enhancement system, you should
StabiliTrak system has not fully
however, you do not have the normally leave StabiliTrak on. See
initialized because of road
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce Traction Control/Electronic Stability
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
your speed and drive accordingly. Control 0 267.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
SERVICE SUSPENSION initialized, the message will turn off. STABILITRAK OFF may also
SYSTEM See Traction Control/Electronic display when the stability control
Stability Control 0 267. If this has been automatically disabled.
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride message continues to be displayed Several conditions can cause this
Control suspension system, this for multiple ignition cycles and on message to appear:
message displays when the different road surfaces, see your
suspension system is not operating . If the system is overheating,
dealer for service. which could occur if StabiliTrak
properly. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF activates continuously for an
extended period of time.
SERVICE TRACTION This message displays when the
traction control has been turned off. . If the brake system warning light
CONTROL is on. See Brake System
See Traction Control/Electronic
This message displays when there Stability Control 0 267. Warning Light 0 148.
is a problem with the Traction . If the stability system takes
Control System (TCS). When this TRACTION CONTROL ON longer than usual to complete its
message displays, the system will This message displays when the diagnostic checks due to driving
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your traction control is active. See conditions.
driving accordingly. See your dealer Traction Control/Electronic Stability
for service. See Traction Control/ . If an engine or vehicle-related
Control 0 267. problem has been detected and
Electronic Stability Control 0 267.
STABILITRAK OFF the vehicle needs service. See
your dealer.
This message displays when the
StabiliTrak system has been turned . If the transfer case is in
off. Adjust your driving accordingly. Four-Wheel Drive Low.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
The message turns off as soon as Steering System Starting the Vehicle
the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no
Messages Messages
longer present. STEERING ASSIST IS PRESS BRAKE TO START
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE This message is displayed when
Airbag System Messages attempting to start the vehicle
This message may display if a
SERVICE AIRBAG problem occurs with the electric without first pressing the brake
power steering system. If this pedal.
This message displays if there is a
message appears, steering effort
problem with the airbag system.
may be slightly higher than normal.
SERVICE KEYLESS START
Take the vehicle to your dealer for SYSTEM
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
service.
caution while in reduced assist This message is displayed if there is
mode. If this message is persistent a problem with the pushbutton start
Security Messages or appears repeatedly, take the system. Take the vehicle to your
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT vehicle to your dealer for service. dealer for service.
SYSTEM See Steering 0 230.
SERVICE POWER STEERING Tire Messages
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent This message displays when there SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
system. The vehicle may or may not is a problem with electric power SYSTEM
restart, so you may want to take the steering. If this message displays
vehicle to your dealer before turning If equipped with the Tire Pressure
and a reduction in steering Monitor System (TPMS), this
off the engine. See Immobilizer performance or loss of power
Operation (Key Access) 0 54 or message displays if a part on the
steering assistance is noticed, see system is not working properly. The
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless your dealer. See Steering 0 230.
Access) 0 54. tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure tire. The low tire pressure warning the message turns off and the
Light 0 151. Several conditions may light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system returns to
cause this message to appear. See Pressure Light 0 151. You can normal operation.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation receive more than one tire pressure
0 361. If the warning comes on and message at a time. If a tire pressure 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
stays on, there may be a problem message appears on the DIC, stop This message will display while the
with the TPMS. See your dealer. as soon as you can. Have the tire four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
pressures checked and set to those
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE shown on the Tire and Loading FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
If equipped with the Tire Pressure Information label. See Tires 0 351, NEUTRAL
Monitor System (TPMS), this Vehicle Load Limits 0 240, and Tire
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
message displays when the system Pressure 0 358. The DIC also
shows the tire pressure values. See requested, and the vehicle speed is
is relearning the tire positions on
Driver Information Center (DIC) correct, but the transmission is not
your vehicle. The tire positions must
(Base Level) 0 153 or Driver in N (Neutral), this message will
be relearned after rotating the tires
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) display until the transmission is
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
0 155. shifted to N (Neutral).
See Tire Inspection 0 364, Tire
Rotation 0 364, Tire Pressure FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
Monitor System 0 360, and Tire Transmission Messages
Pressure 0 358. If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
4WD OFF requested, but the vehicle speed is
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD too high, this message will display
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
AIR TO TIRE this message displays when the until the correct vehicle speed is
If equipped with the Tire Pressure four-wheel-drive system is reached.
Monitor System (TPMS), this temporarily disabled due to an GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
message displays when the overheated condition. The vehicle
pressure in one or more of the will run in two-wheel drive when this This message displays when grade
vehicle's tires is low. This message message is present. Once the braking has been activated while
also displays with a vehicle picture four-wheel-drive system cools down, driving on downhill grades. This
to indicate the location of the low message will only appear the first
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
time the feature is activated in an one minute, then restart the vehicle TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode and check for the message on the TO XXX
0 259, Automatic Transmission DIC display. If the message is still
0 255, and Cruise Control 0 271. displayed or appears again when If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
you begin driving, the requested, but the vehicle speed is
GRADE BRAKING OFF four-wheel-drive system needs too high, this message will display
This message displays when grade service. See your dealer. until the correct vehicle speed is
braking has been disabled with the reached.
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of SHIFT DENIED
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode This message displays when the
0 259, Automatic Transmission shift lever is in M (Manual Mode) ENGINE
0 255, and Cruise Control 0 271. and a transmission range has been This message displays and a chime
selected that is unavailable at the may sound if the transmission fluid
GRADE BRAKING ON current vehicle speed. in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
This message displays when grade the transmission fluid temperature
braking has been enabled with the TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO high can cause damage to the
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of NEUTRAL vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is idle to allow the transmission to
0 259, Automatic Transmission cool. This message clears and the
requested, and the vehicle speed is
0 255, and Cruise Control 0 271. chime stops when the fluid
correct, but the transmission is not
temperature reaches a safe level.
SERVICE 4WD in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, shifted to N (Neutral). to prevent damage to the engine or
this message may display if a transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
problem occurs with the 0 259.
four-wheel-drive system. If this
message appears, stop as soon as VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
possible and turn off the vehicle. This message will display if the
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
OFF position for at least vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, This message clears itself after
carefully pull the vehicle over to the several seconds. This message also
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition clears if you acknowledge it. After
CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to this message clears, the TRAILER
the trailer and turn the ignition back GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer in the DIC.
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
this message may display and a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
clears if you acknowledge it. If this (Base Level) 0 153 or Driver
chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
following conditions exists: Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle or the trailer needs service. 0 155 and “Integrated Trailer Brake
. A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. Control System” under Towing
becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake Equipment 0 303.
vehicle. Control System” under Towing
‐ If the disconnect occurs while Equipment 0 303. Washer Fluid Messages
the vehicle is stopped, this
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
message clears itself after a
short time. WITH CARE FLUID
‐ If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice This message displays when the
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED the windshield washer fluid reservoir
ignition is turned off. as soon as possible. See Engine
On vehicles with the Integrated Compartment Overview 0 314 for
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, the location of the windshield
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over Washer Fluid 0 328 for more
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected information.
brakes. to the vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or Select the desired number or select Audio Cue Volume
unlock the system. Press Back to go Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the volume of
back to the previous menu. will automatically adjust the number audio files played at system startup
of favorites shown. and shutdown.
Radio
Audible Touch Feedback Select On, then press + or − to
Press to display the Radio menu
and the following may display: This allows Audible Touch increase or decrease the volume.
Feedback to be turned on or off.
. Manage Favorites Vehicle
. Select Off or On.
Number of Favorites Shown Select and the following may
. Audible Touch Feedback Auto Volume display:
. This feature adjusts the volume . Climate and Air Quality
Auto Volume
based on vehicle speed and . Collision/Detection Systems
. Maximum Startup Volume ambient noise.
. . Comfort and Convenience
Audio Cue Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Lighting
Manage Favorites
Maximum Startup Volume . Power Door Locks
This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio This feature sets the maximum . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Setup” under Home Page 0 196 or startup volume. If the vehicle is
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
Climate and Air Quality
started and the volume is greater
under “Radio” in the infotainment than this level, the volume is Select the Climate and Air Quality
manual. adjusted to this level. To set the menu and the following may display:
Number of Favorites Shown maximum startup volume, turn the . Auto Fan Max Speed
MENU knob or press + or − to
Press to set the number of favorites increase or decrease. . Auto Defog
to display. . Auto Rear Defog
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Auto Fan Max Speed . Rear Cross Traffic Alert complete stop behind another
This feature will set the maximum stopping vehicle, and then that
Alert Type vehicle drives on.
auto fan speed.
This feature will set crash alerts to Select Off or On.
Select Low, Medium, or High. beeps or seat vibrations. This
Auto Defog setting affects all crash alerts Parking Assist
including Forward Collision, Lane If equipped, this allows the feature
When set to On, the front defog will Departure Warning, and Parking
automatically come on when the to be turned on or off. See
Assist alerts. Assistance Systems for Parking or
vehicle is started.
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Backing 0 281.
Select Off or On.
Auto Collision Preparation Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
Auto Rear Defog
This feature will turn on or off the Lane Change Alert
If equipped, this feature will Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
automatically turn on the rear This allows the feature to be turned
Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The on or off. See Lane Change Alert
window defogger when it is cold Off setting disables all FCA and
outside. (LCA) 0 287.
FAB functions. With the Alert and
Select Off or On. Brake setting, both FCA and FAB Select Off or On.
are available. The Alert setting Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Collision/Detection Systems disables FAB, but some last-second
automatic braking capability is still This allows the feature to be turned
Select the Collision/Detection
provided, though less likely to occur. on or off. See Assistance Systems
Systems menu and the following
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) for Parking or Backing 0 281.
may display:
System 0 286. Select On or Off.
. Alert Type
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
. Auto Collision Preparation Comfort and Convenience
Go Notifier Select the Comfort and
. Go Notifier
This feature will give a reminder that Convenience menu and the
. Parking Assist Adaptive Cruise Control provides following may display:
. Lane Change Alert when it has brought the vehicle to a
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats
When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats If equipped and turned on, this
driver door from locking when the . Passive Door Unlock feature will turn the cooled seats on
vehicle is off, the driver door is when using remote start on
open, and locking is requested. . Passive Door Lock warm days.
If Off is selected, the Delayed Door . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Select Off or On.
Lock menu will be available.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select On or Off.
When on, the exterior lamps will If equipped and turned on, this
Auto Door Unlock flash when unlocking the vehicle feature will turn the heated seats on
This allows selection of which of the with the RKE transmitter. when using remote start on
doors will automatically unlock when Select Off or Flash Lights. cold days.
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Select Off or On.
Remote Lock Feedback
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
This allows selection of what type of Passive Door Unlock
Delayed Door Lock feedback is given when locking the This allows the selection of what
When on, this feature will delay the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. doors will unlock when using the
locking of the doors. To override the Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights button on the driver door to unlock
delay, press the power door lock Only, or Horn Only. the vehicle.
switch on the door. Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Door Unlock
Select On or Off.
This allows selection of which doors Passive Door Lock
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start will unlock when pressing K on the This allows passive locking to be
Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start RKE transmitter. turned on or off and selects
and the following may display: feedback. See Remote Keyless
Select All Doors or Driver Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback Door Only. Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
. Remote Lock Feedback Entry (RKE) System Operation
. Remote Door Unlock (Keyless Access) 0 37.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
devices. accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light goes from a
system with any garage door opener slow to a rapid flashing light.
Programming the Universal Then release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or help programming may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for
Read the instructions completely www.homelink.com.
before programming the Universal Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves Operators” later in this section.
another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
as well as for future programming. light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
vehicle ownership is terminated. to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
See “Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
System Buttons” later in this buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
section. in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
facing the garage door opener door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6.
receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help,
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside the garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System” to complete.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lighting 183
184 Lighting
turned off. When the headlamps are The high-beam headlamps remain
turned on while the vehicle is off, on, under the automatic control,
the headlamps will stay on for until one of the following situations
10 minutes before turning off to occurs:
prevent the battery from being . The system detects an
drained. Turn the headlamp control approaching vehicle's
off and then back to the headlamp This light comes on in the headlamps.
on position to make the headlamps instrument cluster when the
stay on for an additional 10 minutes. . The system detects a preceding
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
vehicle's taillamps.
To keep the lamps on for more than
Turning On and Enabling . The outside light is bright
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
IntelliBeam enough that high-beam
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position. To enable the IntelliBeam system, headlamps are not required.
® with the turn signal lever in the . The vehicle's speed drops below
IntelliBeam System neutral position, turn the exterior 20 km/h (12 mph).
If equipped, this system turns the lamp control to AUTO. The blue
high-beam on light appears on the . The IntelliBeam system can be
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding instrument cluster when the high disabled by the High/Low-Beam
traffic conditions. beams are on. Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
feature. If this happens, the
The system turns the high-beam Driving with IntelliBeam High/Low-Beam Changer must
headlamps on when it is dark The system only activates the high be activated two times within
enough and there is no other traffic beams when driving over 40 km/h five seconds to reactivate the
present. (25 mph). IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
There is a sensor near the top on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
center of the windshield that reactivated. See Headlamp
automatically controls the system. High/Low-Beam Changer 0 185
Keep this area of the windshield and Flash-to-Pass 0 185.
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lighting 185
The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam
automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist.
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off
missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder
from view, or otherwise When the high-beam headlamps are
A reminder chime sounds when the on, this indicator light on the
undetected.
headlamps or parking lamps are instrument cluster will also be on.
. The other vehicle's lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is
covered with dirt, snow, and/or off, and a door is open. To disable
road spray. the chime, turn the lamps off.
Flash-to-Pass
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot This feature lets you use the
be detected due to dense Headlamp High/ high-beam headlamps to signal a
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer driver in front of you that you want
spray, mist, or other airborne to pass. It works even if the
obstructions. $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam headlamps are in the automatic
Changer) : Push the turn signal position.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, lever toward the instrument panel to
cracked, or obstructed by To use it, pull the turn signal lever
change the headlamps from low to
something that blocks the view toward you, then release it.
high beam.
of the light sensor. If the headlamps are in the
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
. The vehicle is loaded such that automatic position or on low beam,
and release it to return to low-beam
the front end points upward, the high-beam headlamps will turn
headlamps.
causing the light sensor to aim on. They will stay on as long as you
high and not detect headlamps hold the lever toward you. The
and taillamps. high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
. The vehicle is being driven on Release the lever to return to
winding or hilly roads. normal operation.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
186 Lighting
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior The system may also turn on the
lamp control to the off position and headlamps when driving through a
Lamps (DRL) then release. For vehicles first sold parking garage or tunnel.
DRL can make it easier for others to in Canada, off will only work when If the vehicle is started in a dark
see the front of the vehicle during the vehicle is in P (Park). garage, the automatic headlamp
the day. Fully functional DRL are system comes on immediately. If it
required on all vehicles first sold in Automatic Headlamp is light outside when the vehicle
Canada. System leaves the garage, there is a slight
The DRL system comes on when delay before the automatic
When the exterior lamp control is
the following conditions are met: headlamp system changes to the
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
. The ignition is on. DRL. During that delay, the
outside, the headlamps come on
instrument cluster may not be as
. The exterior lamp control is automatically.
bright as usual. Make sure the
in AUTO. instrument panel brightness control
. The transmission is not in is in the full bright position. See
P (Park). Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 188.
. The light sensor determines it is
daytime. When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
When the DRL system is on, only change to Daytime Running
the DRL are on. The taillamps, Lamps (DRL).
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not The automatic headlamp system
be on. There is a light sensor on top of the turns off when the exterior lamp
instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition
When it begins to get dark, the sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off.
automatic headlamp system will come on when they are not
switches from DRL to the needed.
headlamps.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lighting 187
Lights On with Wipers | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : Raise or lower the lever for less
Press this button to make the front than one second until the arrow
If the windshield wipers are
and rear turn signal lamps flash on starts to flash to signal a lane
activated in daylight with the engine
and off. Press again to turn the change. This causes the turn
on, and the exterior lamp control is
flashers off. signals to automatically flash three
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
times. It will flash six times if Tow/
lamps, and other exterior lamps When the hazard warning flashers Haul Mode is active. Holding the
come on. The transition time for the are on, the vehicle's turn signals will turn signal lever for more than
lamps coming on varies based on not work. one second will cause the turn
wiper speed. When the wipers are
signals to flash until the lever is
not operating, these lamps turn off. Turn and Lane-Change released.
Move the exterior lamp control to O Signals The lever returns to its starting
or ; to disable this feature. position whenever it is released.
188 Lighting
turn the chime and message off, When the fog lamps are turned on, Interior Lighting
move the turn signal lever to the off the parking lamps automatically
position. turn on.
Instrument Panel
When the headlamps are changed
Fog Lamps to high beam, the fog lamps also go
Illumination Control
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.
If equipped with fog lamps, the This feature controls the brightness
button is on the exterior lamp of the instrument panel lights and is
control, to the left of the steering next to the exterior lamp control.
column. D (Instrument Panel
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN Illumination) : Move the
position for the fog lamps to thumbwheel up or down to brighten
come on. or dim the lights.
# (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the
fog lamps on or off. A light will come
on in the instrument cluster.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Lighting 189
There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition
To change the dome lamp settings, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
press the following: or ON/RUN position, or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
190 Lighting
Lighting 191
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 208
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 209 Infotainment
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base radio information is included in
Introduction Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 manual for information on other
Trademarks and License available infotainment systems.
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 193
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Agreements
Trademarks and License Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 become familiar with these features.
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Radio { Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 too long or too often while using
Rear Side Window any infotainment feature can
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 201 could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Limit your glances at the vehicle
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
Radio with CD
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
current track will start from . Press and hold to turn it off. PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
the beginning. Press l to . When on, press to mute the icon to display the Phone main
seek the next track. system. Press again to page. See “Bluetooth Overview” in
unmute. Bluetooth (Overview) 0 208 or
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Equipped): Press g or l . Turn to increase or Base Radio) 0 209 or Bluetooth
to seek to the previous or decrease the volume. (Voice Recognition - Base Radio)
next strong station. 0 213.
. CD (If Equipped): Press
Home Page NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
and hold g to quickly Home Page Features Select the NAV screen icon to
reverse through a track. display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
The infotainment system displays a Navigation. See “OnStar Overview”
Release the button to return Home Page that makes it easy to
to playing speed. Press and in OnStar, if equipped.
access all of the applications. Turn
hold l to fast forward the MENU knob to highlight feature SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
through a track. Release icons. Press the MENU knob to screen icon to display the Settings
the button to return to access the feature’s options. main page. See “Setting Radio
playing speed. Preferences” following.
Various functions are disabled when
10. RADIO the vehicle is moving. Setting Radio Preferences
. Press to change the audio AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen Select the SETTINGS screen icon
source between AM, FM, icon to display the active source to display the Settings menu and
or SiriusXM, if equipped. page. The sources available are the following may display:
11. MEDIA AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped), Time : See Clock 0 132.
CD, USB/iPod, and AUX. See
. Press to change the audio AM-FM Radio 0 198, Satellite Radio Language (Current Language) :
source between CD, USB, 0 200, CD Player 0 202, and This will set the display language in
and AUX. Auxiliary Jack 0 207. the radio and instrument cluster.
Select to display a list of languages.
12. O (Power/Volume) Select BACK to go back to the
. Press to turn the audio on. previous menu.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Valet Mode: Software Information : Press the added and removed. Another way to
Using the circular numeric keypad, MENU knob to select Save Vehicle adjust is to select a number from 5–
enter a four-digit code: Info to USB. Press the MENU knob 25 to show that selection of
again to start downloading the favorites.
1. Turn the MENU knob to vehicle information to the USB.
highlight a number. Audible Touch Feedback : Select
Radio Setup to turn feedback off or on.
2. Press the MENU knob to select
it. Do this for each one of the From the RADIO/BAND screen icon, Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
four digits. Select Enter to go to the following may be displayed: feature adjusts the volume based on
the confirmation screen. vehicle speed. The options are Off,
Manage Favorites: Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Turn the MENU knob and press Medium-High, or High. Select the
Select LOCK to lock the to select a favorite. desired volume.
system. This will also lock
. To delete a favorite, press Maximum Startup Volume : This
access to the storage behind
the radio, if equipped. See the button just below the feature sets the maximum startup
Instrument Panel Storage DELETE screen button. volume. If the vehicle is started and
0 122. . To move a favorite, press the the volume is greater than this level,
MOVE screen button. Turn the volume is adjusted to this level.
4. Enter the four-digit code to To set the maximum startup volume,
unlock the system. the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the Turn the MENU knob to increase or
Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in DROP screen button to decrease startup volume.
this section. select the new location. Rear Camera
Vehicle : See Vehicle . Select o BACK to go back to From the Rear Camera screen
Personalization 0 173. the previous menu. button, the following may display:
Display : Press the MENU knob to Number of Favorites Shown : To Guidance Lines (If Equipped) :
turn the display on or off. set the number of favorites for This feature will display guidance
Return to Factory Settings : See display, select Auto to automatically lines on the screen when in
“Return to Factory Settings” later in adjust the number of Favorites R (Reverse). Select Off or On.
this section. pages shown as Favorites are
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
See Assistance Systems for Parking English and Metric Unit Radio
or Backing 0 281. Conversion
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (If To change the display units between AM-FM Radio
Equipped) : This feature will display English and metric units, see Driver
an alert icon when cross traffic is Information Center (DIC) (Base Playing the Radio
detected. Level) 0 153 or Driver Information While on the audio main page,
Select Off or On. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 155. press the RADIO or MEDIA button
repeatedly through the available
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 281.
Software Updates sources (AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if
See the website for more equipped), CD, USB, and AUX).
Return to Factory Settings information. The steering wheel controls can
Select and the following may also be used to adjust the volume.
display: Website Information See Steering Wheel Controls 0 128.
Restore Vehicle Settings : This In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com AM, FM, SiriusXM (If Equipped)
option will restore factory vehicle In Canada, see To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
personalization settings. Select www.chevrolet.gm.ca equipped), press the RADIO button
Cancel or Confirm.
In Mexico, see to toggle to the desired broadcast
Clear All Private Data : This option www.chevrolet.com.mx source.
clears all private information from
Press the RADIO faceplate button
the vehicle. Select Cancel or
to display the active radio source.
Confirm.
Press the MENU knob and the
Restore Radio Settings : This following radio settings may display:
option will restore factory radio
settings. Select Cancel or Continue.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Tone Settings: to select. Press the o BACK Channel List : Select to display a
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: button to go to the list of SiriusXM stations. Turn the
Turn the MENU knob and previous menu. MENU knob to highlight and press
highlight. Press the MENU knob the MENU knob to select. Press o
Station List : Select to display a list
to select. Turn the MENU knob BACK to go to the previous menu.
of AM or FM stations. Press o
to adjust. Also see the radio settings common
BACK to go to the previous menu.
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob for all sources earlier in this section.
to highlight. Press the MENU Auto Volume : If equipped, this
knob to select. Turn the MENU feature adjusts the volume based on Finding a Station
knob left for more sound from the vehicle speed. Select the level
Seeking a Station
the left speakers or right for between off, low, medium-low,
more sound from the right medium, medium-high, and high. Press g or l to search for the
speakers. The middle position Press o BACK to go to the previous or next strongest station.
balances the sound between the previous menu.
Tuning a Station
left and right speakers. EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
Turn the MENU knob to manually
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to configurations the available choices
find a station.
highlight. Press the MENU knob are Manual and Talk.
to select. Turn the MENU knob
Options for SiriusXM Only (If Storing Radio Station Presets
to the left for more sound from Equipped) Up to 25 preset stations from all
the front speakers and to the
XM View : XM view allows the bands can be stored in the favorite
right for more sound from the
channel list to be viewed by channel lists in any order. Up to five stations
rear speakers. The middle
name, artist playing on channel, can be stored in each favorite page
position balances the sound
or song playing on channel. Turn and the number of favorites can
between the front and rear
the MENU knob to highlight and be set.
speakers.
press the MENU knob to select. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU
knob to highlight. Turn the Press o BACK to go to the Equipped) : While on the active
previous menu. source main page, such as AM, FM,
MENU knob to scroll through the
options. Press the MENU knob
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and variety of programming and accessories, and external electronic
hold a favorites/soft-key button on commercial-free music, coast to devices are plugged into the
the faceplate. coast, and in digital-quality sound. accessory power outlet. If there is
A service fee is required to receive interference or static, unplug the
Mixed-Audio Favorites the SiriusXM service. See item from the accessory power
Media and Broadcast favorites can www.siriusxmradio.com or call outlet.
be stored. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see
www.xmradio.ca or call FM
To display the favorites page, press
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). FM signals only reach about 16 to
q or r button on the radio 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
faceplate. When SiriusXM is active, the
channel name and number, radio has a built-in electronic circuit
From the Settings menu press the that automatically works to reduce
category name, song title, and artist
MENU knob to select Manage interference, some static can occur,
display on the screen.
Favorites. The Manage Favorites especially around tall buildings or
feature has the option of moving or Browsing SiriusXM Channels hills, causing the sound to fade in
deleting a favorite. See “Manage and out.
Favorites” under Overview 0 193. To browse the SiriusXM channels:
1. Press the MENU knob. AM
Satellite Radio 2. Turn the MENU knob to The range for most AM stations is
® highlight XM Channel List. greater than for FM, especially at
SiriusXM Satellite Radio night. The longer range can cause
Service 3. Turn the MENU knob to station frequencies to interfere with
highlight the desired XM each other. Static can also occur
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite Channels.
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM when things like storms and power
satellite radio subscription can lines interfere with radio reception.
receive SiriusXM programming. Radio Reception When this happens, try reducing the
Frequency interference and static treble on the radio.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United can occur during normal radio
States and 10 Canadian provinces. reception if items such as phone
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide chargers, vehicle convenience
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
if the vehicle has these features. Audio Players If these problems occur, check the
Keep the antenna clear of disc for damage or try a known
obstructions for clear reception. good disc.
CD Player
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is To avoid damage to the CD player:
open, reception can also be If equipped, the CD player can be
used for CD and MP3 audio. . Do not use scratched or
affected. damaged discs.
Items on the roof of the vehicle can With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. Press the . Do not apply labels to discs. The
interfere with the performance of the labels could get caught in the
radio system and OnStar (if MEDIA button to select CD as a
source. player.
equipped). Make sure the
multi-band antenna is not The system is capable of . Insert only one disc at a time.
obstructed. playing most: . Keep the loading slot free of
. Audio CDs foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.
. CD-R
. Use a marking pen to label the
. CD-RW top of the disc.
. MP3 or unprotected WMA
Loading and Ejecting Discs
formats
To load a disc:
When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality 1. Turn the vehicle on.
can be reduced due to disc quality, 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
the method of recording, the quality side up. The player pulls it in
of the music that has been the rest of the way. If the disc
recorded, or the way the disc has is damaged or improperly
been handled. loaded, there is an error and
There can be increased skipping, the disc ejects.
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Playing an Audio CD . Press and hold to fast forward Tone Settings : Select to adjust
through a track. Release the Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Press the MEDIA button on the
button to return to playing Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
faceplate until CD is selected.
speed. Elapsed time displays. “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
On the CD main page, either a track 0 198.
number displays at the beginning of
j /r (Pause/Play): While on the CD
main page, press to pause. Press Auto Volume : If equipped, this
each track, or Song, Artist, and
again to resume. feature adjusts the volume based on
Album information displays when
Z (Shuffle): Press Z to play the the vehicle speed. Select the level
available.
songs in random order. Press again between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Use the following screen controls to Medium, Medium-High, and High.
to turn off.
play the disc: Press BACK to go to the
If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is previous menu.
t (Seek Previous/Fast Reverse): loaded into the disc player and the
While on the CD main page: EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
CD screen button is selected, a
. Press to seek to the beginning of message comes on the screen to feature adjusts the equalizer
the current or previous track. use the Video application. The settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
If the track has been playing for Video application is only available AM-FM Radio 0 198.
less than five seconds, it seeks on vehicles with Rear Seat Error Messages
to the previous track. If longer Entertainment (RSE).
than five seconds, the current If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
track starts from the beginning. CD Menu comes out, it could be for one of the
While on the CD main page, press following reasons:
. Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the the MENU knob to display the CD . The disc has an invalid or
button to return to playing menu and the following may display: unknown format.
speed. Elapsed time displays. Browse : Select to display the files . The disc is very hot. Try the disc
u (Seek Next/Fast Forward): or songs on the CD. again when the temperature
While on the CD main page: returns to normal.
. Press to seek to the next track.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
To play a USB device: Tone Settings : Select to adjust . iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
. Connect the USB. Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, iPhone 4
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See There may be problems with
. Press the MEDIA button on the “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
faceplate until the connected operation and function in the
0 198. following situations:
device is shown.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see . When connecting a device with
While the USB source is active, use “Playing an Audio CD” previously in
the corresponding faceplate buttons a more recent version of the
this section. firmware installed than is
to operate USB function:
EQ (Equalizer) Settings : supported by the infotainment
. t (Seek Previous/Fast If equipped, this feature adjusts the system.
Reverse) equalizer settings. See “EQ . When connecting a device on
(Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM which firmware from other
. u (Seek Next/Fast Forward) Radio 0 198. providers is installed.
. j /r (Play/Pause) Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/ To connect and control a device:
iPhone®
. Z (Shuffle) 1. Connect one end of the
This feature supports the following standard USB cable to the
For information on how to use the devices: device's dock connector.
screen icons, see “Playing an Audio
CD” previously in this section. . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 2. Connect the other end to a
4th generation) USB port in the center console.
USB Menu See Center Console Storage
. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
Press the MENU knob to display the generation). 0 123.
USB menu and the following may 3. Press the MEDIA button to
display: . iPod classic® (6th generation)
®
select the source.
Browse : Select to display the files . iPod touch (1st and 2nd
generation) The music information displays on
and folders on the USB device. the radio’s display and begins
. iPad playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
The device battery recharges EQ (Equalizer) Settings : 3. Turn the MENU knob to
automatically while the vehicle is on. If equipped, this feature adjusts the highlight and press to select an
When the vehicle is off while a equalizer settings. See “EQ album name to view a list of all
device is connected using the USB (Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM songs on the album.
cable, the device battery stops Radio 0 198. 4. Turn the MENU knob to
charging and the device will highlight and press to select
automatically turn off. Browse Device Media
the song from the list to begin
If the device is an unsupported Use the following to browse: playback.
model, it can still be listened to in Playlists: Albums:
the vehicle by connecting to the 1. Turn the MENU knob to
auxiliary input jack using a standard 1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the highlight and press to view the
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. playlists stored on the device. albums stored on the device.
Menu 2. Turn the MENU knob to 2. Turn the MENU knob to
Press the MENU knob to display the highlight and press to select a highlight and press to select an
device Menu and the following may playlist name to view a list of album name to view a list of all
display: all songs in the playlist. songs on the album.
Browse : Select to display the files 3. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to
or songs on the device. See highlight and press to select highlight and press to select
“Browse Device Media” later in this the song from the list to begin the song from the list to begin
section. playback. playback.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Artists: Genres:
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, 1. Turn the MENU knob to
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See 1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the highlight and press to view the
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio artists stored on the device.
0 198. genres stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
Auto Volume : If equipped, see highlight and press to select an
“Playing an Audio CD” previously in artist name to view a list of all
this section. albums by the artist.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Turn the MENU knob to Auxiliary Jack Playing from the AUX Jack
highlight and press to select a An auxiliary device is played
genre name to view a list of The AUX jack is in the center stack
or inside the front seat armrest. See through the audio system and
artists of that genre. controlled through the device itself.
Center Console Storage 0 123.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select to Possible auxiliary audio sources AUX Menu
view albums by that artist. include: Press the MENU knob to display the
4. Turn the MENU knob to . Laptop computer AUX menu and the following may
highlight and press to select an display:
. Audio music player
album to view songs. Tone Settings : Select to adjust
This jack is not an audio output. Do Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
5. Turn the MENU knob to not plug headphones into the
highlight and press to select Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
the song from the list to begin devices should be set up while the
playback. 0 198.
vehicle is in P (Park).
Songs: Auto Volume : If equipped, see
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable “Playing an Audio CD” previously in
1. Turn the MENU knob to from the auxiliary device to the this section.
highlight and press to view a auxiliary input jack.
list of all songs stored on the EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
If an auxiliary device has already feature adjusts the pre-defined
device. been connected, but a different equalizer settings. See “EQ
2. Turn the MENU knob to source is currently active, press the (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio 0 198.
highlight and press to select MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
the song from the list to begin to scroll through all of the available
playback. audio source screens, until the AUX
source screen is shown.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
phone is not connected, calls can Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
be made using OnStar Hands-Free 1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the
Calling, if available. See OnStar MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen,
Overview 0 431, if equipped. PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the
press the MENU knob to select same. The system recognizes
Pairing Information the new connected phone after
the PHONE screen button. If a
. Up to five cell phones can be the pairing process is
device has been previously
paired to the Bluetooth system. paired, the main Phone menu complete.
. The pairing process is disabled will be shown. If no devices 6. If the phone prompts to accept
when the vehicle is moving. have been paired, Step 2 can connection or allow phone
. Pairing only needs to be be skipped. book download, select Always
completed once per phone, 2. Turn the MENU knob and Accept and Allow. The phone
unless the pairing information on press to select Manage book may not be available if
the cell phone changes or the Phones. not accepted.
cell phone is deleted from the 3. Press the button just below the 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
system. PAIR screen button. A four-digit additional phones or devices.
. Only one paired cell phone can Personal Identification Number Listing All Paired and Connected
be connected to the Bluetooth (PIN) appears on the display. Phones
system at a time. The PIN is used in Step 5.
1. To list all paired devices, from
. If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the the Home Page turn the MENU
within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the knob, then press to select the
system connects to the first vehicle. See your cell phone PHONE screen button.
available paired cell phone in the manufacturer's user guide for
order that they were newly 2. Turn the MENU knob and
information on this process.
paired to the system. To connect press to select Manage
5. Locate the device named “Your Phones.
to a different paired phone, see Vehicle” in the list on the cell
“Connecting to a Different phone. Follow the instructions
Phone” later in this section. on the cell phone to enter the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using Contacts
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight the phone to be and Recent Calls
MENU knob, then press to connected.
For cell phones that support the
select the PHONE screen 4. Press the button just below the Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
button. CONNECT screen button to the Bluetooth system can use the
2. Turn the MENU knob and connect to the highlighted contacts stored on your cell phone
press to select Manage device. to make calls. See your cell phone
Phones. Phone Menu manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
3. Turn the MENU knob to Once a phone is connected and find out if this feature is supported
highlight the phone to be selected, the following may display: by your phone.
deleted.
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU If the phone prompts to allow phone
4. Press the button below the knob to highlight Recent Calls and book download during the pairing
DELETE screen button to press to select. process, select Always Accept and
delete the highlighted device. Allow. The phone book may not be
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
5. A confirmation screen is highlight Contacts and press to available if not accepted.
displayed. Press the button just select. When a cell phone supports the
below the DELETE screen phone book feature, the Contacts
button to confirm deletion. Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Keypad and press to and Recent Calls menus are
Connecting to a Different Phone select. automatically available.
1. From the Home Page, turn the Active Call : Turn the MENU knob The Contacts menu allows you to
MENU knob, then press to to highlight Active Call and press to access the phone book stored in the
select the PHONE screen select and display the active call cell phone to make a call.
button. screen. The Recent Calls menu allows you
2. Turn the MENU knob and Manage Phones : Turn the MENU to access the phone numbers from
press to select Manage knob to highlight Manage Phones the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
Phones. and press to select. and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
To make a call using the 2. Turn the MENU knob to Accepting or Declining a Call
Contacts menu: highlight Recent Calls and
When an incoming call is received,
1. From the Home Page, turn the press to select.
the infotainment system mutes and
MENU knob, then press to If necessary, select between a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
select the PHONE screen Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
button. by pressing the button below Accepting a Call
2. Turn the MENU knob to the appropriate screen button. To accept a call, do one of the
highlight Contacts and press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to following:
select. highlight the contact or the . Press the button just below the
3. Turn the MENU knob to phone number. ANSWER screen button.
highlight the letter group and 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press g on the steering wheel
press to select. the contact. controls.
4. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using the Declining a Call
highlight the contact and press Keypad
to select. To decline a call, do one of the
To make a call: following:
5. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired number, 1. From the Home Page, turn the . Press the button just below the
then press the MENU knob to MENU knob, then press to IGNORE screen button.
call the contact. select the PHONE screen
button. . Press i on the steering wheel
To make a call using the Recent controls.
Calls menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Keypad. . Do nothing.
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Call Waiting
select the PHONE screen highlight the first digit and
press to select. Continue this Call waiting must be supported on
button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
process through the number.
To call, press the button just the wireless service carrier to work.
below the CALL screen button.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
5. Locate the device named “Your Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
Vehicle” in the list on the cell Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
phone. Follow the instructions The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
on the cell phone to enter the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
PIN provided in Step 3. The also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
system may respond with a six system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. This may need
digit code to be confirmed on after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how
the cell phone (instead of many cell phones have been
entering a four digit code), 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
check that the same digits are “Ready,” followed by a tone.
shown on the cell phone and 1. Press g. The system responds
say "Yes" to confirm. Select 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Confirm on the cell phone as 3. Say “List.”
well. After the PIN is 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
successfully entered, the Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.”
system prompts you to provide If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is
a name for the paired cell unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be
phone. This name will be used and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now
to indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the 1. Press g. The system responds connected.”
vehicle. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
with “<Phone name> has been 2. Say “Bluetooth.” connect any of the up to
successfully paired” after the five paired phones.
pairing process is complete. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete. . If another cell phone is not
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair found, the original phone
additional phones. 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected.
delete.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Storing and Deleting Phone directions given by the system 2. Say “Delete.”
Numbers to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is Command
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored
numbers as a name tag. “Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free
last number. Calling Directory and the
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory.
name tag by entering the digits one by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags:
at a time. any time.
1. Press g. The system responds
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press g. The system responds
delete individual name tags. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Delete All Name Tags : This 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
2. Say “Digit Store.”
command deletes all stored name Listing Stored Numbers
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Directory and the Destinations After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the
Directory. system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags.
heard followed by a tone. After
Using the “Store” Command the last digit has been entered, Using the “List” Command
say “Store,” and then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
1. Press g. The system responds directions given by the system
“Ready,” followed by a tone. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
to save a name tag for this
2. Say “Store.” number. 2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say the entire phone number Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
or a group of digits all at once 4. Say “List.”
with no pauses, then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency (U.S. and To hear all of the numbers
Canada) recognized by the system, say
Calls can be made using the
“Verify” at any time.
following commands. 1. Press g. The system responds
Dial or Call : The dial or call “Ready,” followed by a tone. 1. Press g. The system responds
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” “Ready,” followed by a tone.
interchangeably to dial a phone 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
number or a stored name tag. 3. Say “911.”
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Digit Dial : This command allows a After each digit is entered, the
phone number to be dialed by Calling 066 Emergency (Mexico) system repeats back the digit it
entering the digits one at a time. heard followed by a tone. After
1. Press g. The system responds the last digit has been entered,
Re-dial : This command is used to
“Ready,” followed by a tone. say “Dial.”
dial the last number used on the cell
phone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” Once connected, the person called
Using the “Dial” or “Call” 3. Say “066.” will be heard through the audio
Command speakers.
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
1. Press g. The system responds Using the “Re-dial” Command
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
The digit dial command allows a 1. Press g. The system responds
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” phone number to be dialed by “Ready,” followed by a tone.
3. Say the entire number without entering the digits one at a time. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
pausing or say the name tag. After each digit is entered, the The system dials the last
system repeats back the digit it number called from the
Once connected, the person called heard followed by a tone. connected cell phone.
will be heard through the audio
speakers. If an unwanted number is Once connected, the person called
recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
“Correction” at any time to clear the speakers.
last number.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
To access contacts stored in the cell 3. Say the number or name tag Trademarks and
phone: to send.
License Agreements
1. Press g. The system responds Clearing the System
“Ready,” followed by a tone. FCC Information
Unless information is deleted out of
2. Say “Bluetooth.” the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it See Radio Frequency Statement
will be retained indefinitely. This 0 427.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
includes all phone pairing
responds “OK, accessing
information. For information on how
<phone name>.”
to delete this information, see
The cell phone's normal prompt “Deleting a Paired Phone.”
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency “Made for iPod” and “Made for
(DTMF) Tones iPhone” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
The Bluetooth system can send
connect specifically to iPod or
numbers and the numbers stored as
iPhone and has been certified by
name tags during a call. You can
the developer to meet Apple
use this feature when calling a
performance standards.
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
stored for use. Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to Driver and Passenger
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Temperature Control : The
Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in temperature can be adjusted
The system automatically controls warm weather. separately for the driver and
the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come passenger.
conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. Turn the knob clockwise or
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select counterclockwise to increase or
recirculation; press it again to select decrease the driver or passenger
When the indicator light is on, the outside air. temperature setting.
system is in full automatic operation. SYNC (Synchronized
If the air delivery mode or fan Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the Temperature) : Press to link the
setting is manually adjusted, the passenger and rear climate
auto indicator turns off and the windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load. temperature settings to the driver
selected settings are displayed. setting. The SYNC indicator light will
See “Sensors” later in this section.
To place the system in turn on. When the passenger or rear
automatic mode: Manual Operation climate settings are adjusted, the
O (On/Off) : Press to turn the SYNC indicator light turns off.
1. Press AUTO.
climate control system on or off. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
Outside air still enters the vehicle, Y, \, [ , or - to change the
and is directed to the floor. This direction of the airflow. An indicator
To find your comfort setting, direction can be changed by light comes on in the selected mode
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and pressing the air delivery mode. button.
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise Changing the mode cancels the
or counterclockwise to increase or automatic operation and the system
temperature as needed for best
decrease the fan speed. goes into manual mode. Press
comfort.
Press AUTO to return to automatic AUTO to return to automatic
operation. operation.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
instrument panel outlets. turn the air conditioning system on under Vehicle Personalization
or off. An indicator light comes on to 0 173.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided show that the air conditioning is
between the instrument panel and enabled. If the fan is turned off, the Rear Window Defogger
floor outlets. air conditioner will not run. The A/C The rear window defogger uses a
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the light will stay on even if the outside warming grid to remove fog from the
floor outlets, with some to the temperatures are below freezing. rear window.
windshield, side window outlets, and @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn K (Rear Window Defogger) :
second row floor outlets. on recirculation. An indicator light Press to turn the rear window
- (Defog) : This mode clears the comes on. Air is recirculated to defogger on or off. An indicator light
windows of fog or moisture. Air is quickly cool the inside of the on the button comes on to show that
directed to the windshield, floor vehicle. It can also be used to help the rear window defogger is on.
outlets, and side window vents. reduce outside air and odors that
The rear window defogger only
enter the vehicle. The air
0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the conditioning compressor also comes
works when the ignition is in ON/
windshield of fog or frost more RUN. The defogger turns off if the
on when this mode is activated.
quickly. Air is directed to the ignition is turned to ACC/
windshield and the side window Auto Defog : The climate control ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
vents. The system automatically system may have a sensor to
forces outside air into the vehicle automatically detect high humidity Caution
and the air conditioning compressor inside the vehicle. When high
will run, unless the outside humidity is detected, the climate Using a razor blade or sharp
temperature is close to freezing. control system may adjust to object to clear the inside rear
outside air supply and turn on the window can damage the rear
Do not drive the vehicle until all
air conditioner. If the climate control window defogger. Repairs would
windows are clear.
system does not detect possible not be covered by the vehicle
See Air Vents 0 225. window fogging, it returns to normal warranty. Do not clear the inside
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
rear window with sharp objects.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode TEMP (Temperature Control) :
sun. The recirculation mode will also Control) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
be used as needed to maintain cool 4. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the airflow
outlet temperatures. temperature into the passenger
5. Heated Rear Seats (If area. If the SYNC button is pressed
Rear Climate Control Equipped) on the front climate controls, the
rear climate temperature is linked to
System If the dual automatic climate control
the driver temperature setting.
system rear climate control lockout
The rear climate control system is feature is locked, the rear climate MODE (Air Delivery Mode
located on the rear of the center control settings can only be Control) : Press to change the
console storage. The rear climate adjusted from the front seat. direction of the airflow in the vehicle.
settings can be adjusted with this
Repeatedly press the button until
system. Automatic Operation
the desired mode appears on the
AUTO : Press AUTO to control the display. Multiple presses will cycle
inside temperature, air delivery, and through the delivery selections.
fan speed. A is indicated in the
display when automatic operation is
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
active. If any of the climate control Equipped) : Press M or L to heat
settings are manually adjusted, this the left or right outboard seat
cancels full automatic operation. cushion. See Heated Rear Seats
0 71.
The display only indicates climate
control functions when the system is
in rear independent mode.
Manual Operation
1. Fan Control 9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) decrease the fan speed. Turn
completely counterclockwise to turn
the fan/power off.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All
straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road
Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For
driving according to weather more contact information about the
Skidding original equipment tires, see the
conditions. Stopping distance
There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle Limited Warranty and Owner
correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when Assistance Information manual.
control systems: traction is reduced by water, One of the best ways for successful
. Braking Skid — wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other off-road driving is to control the
rolling. material on the road. Learn to speed.
recognize warning clues — such
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
{ Warning
curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface — and slow When driving off-road, bouncing
lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt. and quick changes in direction
. Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, can easily throw you out of
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, position. This could cause you to
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed lose control and crash. You and
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any your passengers should always
by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause wear safety belts.
existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide.
overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help Before Driving Off-Road
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
. Have all necessary maintenance
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow and service work completed.
these suggestions: Off-Road Driving
. Ease your foot off the Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
accelerator pedal and steer the used for off-road driving. Vehicles
way you want the vehicle to go. without four-wheel drive and
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
After Off-Road Driving wet enough and you are going fast
Remove any brush or debris that
{ Warning enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a
accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning. The best advice is to
After operation in mud or sand,
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle
Check the body structure, steering, Besides slowing down, other wet
wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include:
suspension, wheels, tires, and
pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance.
exhaust system for damage and
normally.
check the fuel lines and cooling . Pass with caution.
system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
More frequent maintenance service equipment in good shape.
is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the
Schedule 0 401. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid
happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled.
Driving on Wet Roads occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 351.
Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive
vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning
driving through large puddles and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
deep-standing or flowing water. can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
clear roads in shaded areas. To save fuel, run the engine for
The surface of a curve or an Warning (Continued) short periods to warm the vehicle
overpass can remain icy when and then shut the engine off and
the surrounding roads are clear. carbon monoxide (CO), which partially close the window. Moving
Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can about to keep warm also helps.
maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even
death. If it takes time for help to arrive,
on ice. when running the engine, push the
. Turn off cruise control. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of engine runs faster than the idle
Blizzard Conditions speed. This keeps the battery
the vehicle, especially any
Stay with the vehicle unless there is blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to
help nearby. If possible, use signal for help with the headlamps.
. Open a window about 5 cm Do this as little as possible, to
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 421. To get (2 in) on the vehicle side save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
vehicle safe: If the Vehicle Is Stuck
. Turn on the hazard warning . Fully open the air outlets on
Slowly and cautiously spin the
flashers. or under the instrument
wheels to free the vehicle when
panel.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
. Adjust the climate control See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
mirror.
system to circulate the air Out” later in this section.
inside the vehicle and set
{ Warning the fan speed to the highest
The Traction Control System (TCS)
can often help to free a stuck
setting. See “Climate
Snow can trap engine exhaust vehicle. See Traction Control/
Control Systems.”
under the vehicle. This may Electronic Stability Control 0 267.
cause exhaust gases to get For more information about CO, If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
inside. Engine exhaust contains see Engine Exhaust 0 254. “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
(Continued) following.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Example 2 Example 3
Do not turn the engine off when the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
vehicle is moving. This will cause a brakes and steer the vehicle to Indicator Light) : This mode allows
loss of power assist in the brake a safe location. some electrical accessories to be
and steering systems and disable 3. Come to a complete stop, shift used when the engine is off.
the airbags. to P (Park), and turn the With the ignition off, pressing the
The vehicle may have an electric ignition to OFF. On vehicles button one time without the brake
steering column lock. The lock is with an automatic transmission, pedal applied will place the ignition
activated when the vehicle is the shift lever must be in system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
switched to OFF and either front P (Park) to turn the ignition The ignition will switch from ACC/
door is opened. A sound may be switch to the OFF position. ACCESSORY to OFF after
heard as the lock actuates or 4. Set the parking brake. See five minutes to prevent battery
releases. The steering column lock Parking Brake 0 265. rundown.
may not release with the wheels
turned off center. If this happens, ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
the vehicle may not start. Move the { Warning Light) : This mode is for driving and
steering wheel from left to right starting. With the ignition off, and
Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing
while attempting to start the vehicle.
If this does not work, the vehicle moving may cause loss of power the button once will place the
needs service. assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
systems and disable the airbags. Once engine cranking begins,
If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking
emergency: vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts.
1. Brake using a firm and steady See Starting the Engine 0 248. The
pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
deplete power assist, requiring Service Only Mode
press and hold the ENGINE START/
increased brake pedal force. STOP button for longer than This power mode is available for
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). two seconds, or press twice in service and diagnostics, and to
This can be done while the five seconds. verify the proper operation of the
vehicle is moving. After shifting malfunction indicator lamp as may
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
be required for emission inspection Vehicles with Key Access have an Do not turn the engine off when the
purposes. With the vehicle off, and ignition switch with four different vehicle is moving. This will cause a
the brake pedal not applied, positions. loss of power assist in the brake
pressing and holding the button for To shift out of P (Park), the ignition and steering systems and disable
more than five seconds will place must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ the airbags.
the vehicle in Service Only Mode. ACCESSORY and the regular brake If the vehicle must be shut off in an
The instruments and audio systems pedal must be applied. emergency:
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady
driven. The engine will not start in OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, pressure. Do not pump the
Service Only Mode. Press the turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may
button again to turn the vehicle off. OFF to turn the engine off. Retained deplete power assist, requiring
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force.
Ignition Positions (Key active. See Retained Accessory 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Power (RAP) 0 251.
Access) This can be done while the
This position locks the ignition and vehicle is moving. After shifting
steering wheel. It also locks the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
transmission on automatic brakes and steer the vehicle to
transmission vehicles. The key can a safe location.
be removed in LOCK/OFF. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
The steering can bind with the to P (Park), and turn the
wheels turned off center. If this ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
happens, move the steering wheel vehicles with an automatic
from right to left while turning the transmission, the shift lever
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this must be in P (Park) to turn the
does not work, then the vehicle ignition switch to the LOCK/
needs service. OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 265.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
while the engine is off. It also 3 (START) : This is the position that
{ Warning unlocks the steering wheel. Use this starts the engine. When the engine
position if the vehicle must be starts, release the key. The ignition
Turning off the vehicle while pushed or towed. switch returns to ON/RUN for
moving may cause loss of power driving.
assist in the brake and steering 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
systems and disable the airbags. used to operate the electrical A warning tone will sound when the
While driving, only shut the accessories and to display some driver door is opened and the
vehicle off in an emergency. instrument cluster warning and ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
indicator lights. This position can LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
also be used for service and ignition.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, diagnostics, and to verify the proper
and must be shut off while driving, operation of the malfunction Starting the Engine
turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lamp as may be required
ACCESSORY. for emission inspection purposes. For a heavy–duty Suburban, see
The switch stays in this position the Suburban Heavy–Duty Package
when the engine is running. The supplement.
Caution
transmission is also unlocked in this Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
Using a tool to force the key to position on automatic transmission N (Neutral). The engine will not start
turn in the ignition could cause vehicles. in any other position. To restart the
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ engine when the vehicle is already
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position moving, use N (Neutral) only.
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not Caution
cannot be turned by hand, see start if the battery is allowed to drain
your dealer. for an extended period of time. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This Shift to P (Park) only when the
position lets things like the radio
vehicle is stopped.
and the windshield wipers operate
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Information Center (DIC) will engine starts, let go of the 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
display a message. See Key button, and the accelerator. electrical cord. The cord is by
and Lock Messages 0 165. If the vehicle starts briefly but the left front fender, next to the
then stops again, do the same engine compartment fuse
Caution thing. This clears the extra block.
gasoline from the engine. Do Check the heater cord for
Cranking the engine for long not race the engine damage. If it is damaged, do
periods of time, by returning the immediately after starting it. not use it. See your dealer for
ignition to the START position Operate the engine and a replacement. Inspect the
immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil cord for damage yearly.
ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all
moving parts. 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
the cranking motor, and drain the
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the Engine Heater
cranking motor cool down. The engine coolant heater can
{ Warning
provide easier starting and better Improper use of the heater cord
2. If the engine does not start fuel economy during engine or an extension cord can damage
after five to 10 seconds, warm-up in cold weather conditions the cord and may result in
especially in very cold weather at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
overheating and fire.
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before . Plug the cord into a
be flooded with too much
starting. There may be an internal three-prong electrical utility
gasoline. Try pushing the
thermostat in the plug end of the receptacle that is protected
accelerator pedal all the way to
cord, which will prevent engine by a ground fault detection
the floor and holding it there as
you press the ENGINE START/ coolant heater operation at (Continued)
STOP button, for up to a temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait To Use the Engine Coolant
at least 15 seconds between Heater
each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool down. When the 1. Turn off the engine.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Torque Lock Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an
do not shift the transmission into electronic shift lock release system. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is lever.
vehicle may put too much force on designed to: 2. While holding down the brake
the parking pawl in the pedal, press the shift lever all
. Prevent ignition key removal
transmission. You may find it difficult the way into P (Park).
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in
This is called torque lock. To P (Park). 3. Move the shift lever to the
prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift desired position.
brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the If you are still having a problem
properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN and the shifting, then have the vehicle
seat. To find out how, see Shifting regular brake pedal is applied. serviced soon.
Into Park 0 252.
The shift lock release is always
When you are ready to drive, move functional except in the case of an Parking over Things
the shift lever out of P (Park) before uncharged or low voltage (less than That Burn
you release the parking brake. 9 volt) battery.
If torque lock does occur, you may If the vehicle has an uncharged { Warning
need to have another vehicle push battery or a battery with low voltage,
yours a little uphill to take some of try charging or jump starting the Things that can burn could touch
the pressure from the parking pawl battery. See Jump Starting - North hot exhaust parts under the
in the transmission. You will then be America 0 382. vehicle and ignite. Do not park
able to pull the shift lever out of over papers, leaves, dry grass,
To shift out of P (Park):
P (Park). or other things that can burn.
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
instead holds the current gear. M : This position allows selection of the system engages for each
In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for ignition key cycle, a DIC message
be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions. will be displayed. See Transmission
transmission is operating normally. If equipped, see “Range Selection Messages 0 170.
The transmission uses adaptive Mode” under Manual Mode 0 257. To disable or enable Normal Mode
shift controls. The adaptive shift Grade Braking within the current
control process continually Caution ignition key cycle, press and hold
compares key shift parameters to the Tow/Haul button for
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored Spinning the tires or holding the five seconds. When the button is
in the transmission’s computer. The vehicle in one place on a hill released, the requested mode
transmission constantly makes using only the accelerator pedal change is made. A DIC message
adjustments to improve vehicle may damage the transmission. displays. See Transmission
performance according to how the The repair will not be covered by Messages 0 170.
vehicle is being used, such as with the vehicle warranty. If you are
For other forms of grade braking,
a heavy load or when the stuck, do not spin the tires. When
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 259 and
temperature changes. During this stopping on a hill, use the brakes Cruise Control 0 271.
adaptive shift control process, to hold the vehicle in place.
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best Manual Mode
settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking
Range Selection Mode
When temperatures are very cold, If equipped with a gasoline engine
the transmission's gear shifting and an automatic transmission,
could be delayed providing more Normal Mode Grade Braking is
stable shifts until the engine warms enabled when the vehicle is started,
up. Shifts could be more noticeable but is not enabled in Range
with a cold transmission. This Selection Mode. It assists in
difference in shifting is normal. maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission
to slow the vehicle. The first time
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 149 and To disable or enable Tow/Haul Drive Systems
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 237. Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
the Tow/Haul button for Four-Wheel Drive
Towing Equipment 0 302.
five seconds. When the button is If equipped, four-wheel drive
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking released, the requested mode engages the front axle for extra
change is made. A DIC message is traction. Read the appropriate
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
displayed. See Transmission section for transfer case operation
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Messages 0 170. before using.
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode. See Towing Equipment 0 302.
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed For other forms of grade braking, Caution
previously and Manual Mode 0 257. see Automatic Transmission 0 255
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking Do not drive on clean, dry
and Cruise Control 0 271.
assists in maintaining desired pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
vehicle speeds when driving on equipped) for an extended period
downhill grades by using the engine of time. These conditions may
and transmission to slow the cause premature wear on the
vehicle. vehicle’s powertrain.
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, 2. Set the parking brake and 8. Turn the engine off, and the
press and hold the brake ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
pedal. See Parking Brake 9. Place the transmission shift
or 2 m indicator light to stop 0 265. lever in P (Park). See
flashing before shifting the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the Recreational Vehicle Towing
transmission into gear.
ignition to ON/RUN. 0 385.
Caution 4. Shift the transmission to 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
N (Neutral).
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
Shifting the transmission into gear
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. To shift:
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped 6. Turn the transfer case knob 1. Set the parking brake and
flashing could damage the clockwise to N (Neutral) until it apply the brake pedal.
transfer case. stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
This will take at least with the engine off.
If the transmission is in gear and/or 10 seconds. Then slowly 3. Shift the transmission to
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
release the dial to the 4 n N (Neutral).
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light position. The N (Neutral) light 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
will flash for 30 seconds but will not will come on when the transfer the desired setting.
complete the shift. With the vehicle case shift to N (Neutral) is
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), complete. After the transfer case has
and the transmission in N (Neutral), shifted out of N (Neutral), the
attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify N (Neutral) light will go out.
that the transfer case is in
Shifting Into N (Neutral) N (Neutral) by shifting the 5. Release the parking brake.
To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 6. Start the engine and shift the
then shift the transmission to transmission to the
1. Park the vehicle on a level D (Drive). There should be no desired gear.
surface. movement of the vehicle while
shifting the transmission.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Single Speed Automatic actual transfer case setting. If no 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
Transfer Case lights display, take the vehicle to this position when extra traction is
your dealer for service. An indicator needed, such as when driving on
light flashes while shifting the snowy or icy roads, when
transfer case and remains off-roading, or when plowing snow.
illuminated when the shift is
complete. Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
If the transfer case cannot make a Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
requested shift, it will return to the
position. This can be done at any
last chosen setting. Turn the knob
speed. The indicator light will flash
back to the previous transfer case
while shifting. It will remain on when
setting to see the indicator.
the shift is completed.
The settings are:
Shifting Into 2 m
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
Use the transfer case knob next to for driving on most streets and Turn the knob to the 2 m position.
the steering wheel to shift into and highways. The front axle is not This can be done at any speed. The
out of four-wheel drive. engaged. This setting provides the indicator light will flash while
best fuel economy. shifting. It will remain on when the
Indicator lights display which setting shift is completed.
the transfer case is in. The indicator AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
lights will display briefly when the Drive) : Use when road surface
ignition is turned on and one will traction conditions are variable.
stay on. If the lights display When driving in AUTO, the front
momentarily when the ignition is in axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
ON/RUN, but none stay on, the power is sent to the front and rear
knob may have been turned while wheels automatically based on
the vehicle was off. To see the driving conditions. This setting
indicator, turn the knob to another provides slightly lower fuel economy
position so that it matches the than 2 m.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a the driving situation dictates. The
regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that Brake Assist feature will
pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. automatically disengage when the
pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are brake pedal is released or brake
If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips decreased.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 296.
0 148. Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Brake Assist Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an
Caution The Brake Assist feature is HSA feature, which may be useful
designed to assist the driver in when the vehicle is stopped on a
Driving with the parking brake on grade. This feature is designed to
stopping or decreasing vehicle
can overheat the brake system prevent the vehicle from rolling,
speed in emergency driving
and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the either forward or rearward, during
damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake vehicle drive off. After the driver
Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the completely stops and holds the
is fully released and the brake power brake system under vehicle in a complete standstill on a
warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has grade, HSA will be automatically
quickly and forcefully applied the activated. During the transition
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly period between when the driver
To release the parking brake, hold releases the brake pedal and starts
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
push down momentarily on the HSA holds the braking pressure for
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the a maximum of two seconds to
the pedal release. Slowly pull your ensure that there is no rolling. The
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or brakes will automatically release
If the parking brake is not released when the accelerator pedal is
when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should applied within the two-second
continue to apply the brake pedal as window. If the vehicle is equipped
with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Control (ITBC) system, HSA may Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control
also apply the trailer brakes. It will (TSC) is also on automatically when
not activate if the vehicle is in a the vehicle is started. See Trailer
drive gear and facing downhill or if Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 308.
the vehicle is facing uphill and in Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and
R (Reverse). There may be Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins
situations on minor hills (less than to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be
while pulling a trailer where HSA turned back on when road
The vehicle has a Traction Control
may activate.
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow.
electronic stability control system. Both systems come on
These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is
and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The
control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while
conditions. they are operating or while
TCS activates if it senses that any performing diagnostic checks. This
of the drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there
beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle.
happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both
the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving
engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary
StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 238
the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and
StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section.
braking pressure to any one of the When the transfer case is in
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability
driver in keeping the vehicle on the system is automatically disabled,
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, maintaining control. The vehicle is
and the appropriate message will safe to drive, but driving should be Caution
appear on the DIC. Both traction adjusted accordingly.
control and StabiliTrak are Do not repeatedly brake or
automatically disabled in this If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
condition. 1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release the g button. The traction
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on off light i displays in the instrument
and stays on, the vehicle may need cluster. The appropriate message
more time to diagnose the problem. will display in the DIC. See Ride
The indicator light for both systems If the condition persists, see your Control System Messages 0 167. To
is in the instrument cluster. This dealer. turn TCS on again, press and
light will:
Turning the Systems Off release the g button. The traction
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin. and On off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
. Turn on and stay on when either the g button is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
system is not working.
spinning.
If either system fails to turn on or to
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak press and hold the g button until
d comes on and stays on to is on the instrument panel to the left the traction off light i and the
indicate that the system is inactive of the steering wheel.
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
and is not assisting the driver in and stay on in the instrument
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
cluster, then release. The Hill Descent When HDC is activated, the initial
appropriate message will display in HDC speed is set to the current
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Control (HDC) driving speed. It can be increased or
Messages 0 167. If equipped, HDC can be used when decreased by pressing the +RES or
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on driving downhill. It sets and SET- steering wheel controls or by
maintains vehicle speed while applying the accelerator or brake
again, press and release the g descending a very steep incline in a pedal. This adjusted speed
button. The traction off light i and forward or reverse gear. becomes the new set speed.
the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the The HDC switch is on the center HDC will remain enabled between
instrument cluster turn off. stack. 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on however vehicle speed cannot be
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. set or maintained in this range.
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h Vehicle speed must be below
(35 mph). Traction control will It will automatically disable if the
50 km/h (31 mph). vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
remain off.
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
must be pressed again to
Start Assist (HSA) feature. See
re-enable HDC.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 308 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 266. When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and
Adding accessories can affect the
The HDC light displays on the less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications instrument cluster when enabled. message will display.
0 312. HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
14 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Magnetic Ride Control Locking Rear Axle thereafter. The system may exhaust
(lower vehicle height) for up to
This vehicle may have a semi-active Vehicles with a locking rear axle can 10 minutes after the ignition key has
damping system called Magnetic give more traction on snow, mud, been turned off. You may hear the
Ride Control. With this feature, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a air compressor operating when the
improved vehicle ride and handling standard axle most of the time, but height is being adjusted.
is provided under a variety of when traction is low, this feature will
passenger and loading conditions. allow the rear wheel with the most If a weight-distributing hitch is being
traction to move the vehicle. used, it is recommended to allow
Magnetic Ride Control is fully the shocks to inflate, thereby
automatic and uses a computer leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting
controller to continuously monitor Automatic Level Control the hitch.
vehicle speed, wheel to body The Automatic Level Control (ALC)
position, lift/dive, and steering rear suspension is available on
position of the vehicle. The light-duty vehicles and comes as a
controller then sends signals to part of the Magnetic Ride Control
each shock absorber to suspension, if equipped. ALC may
independently adjust the damping also be available as a stand alone
level to provide the optimum feature.
vehicle ride.
This type of level control is fully
Magnetic Ride Control also interacts automatic and will provide a better
with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when leveled riding position as well as
activated, will provide additional better handling under a variety of
control of the shock absorbers. This passenger and loading conditions.
additional control results in better An air compressor connected to the
ride and handling characteristics rear shocks will raise or lower the
when the vehicle is loaded or towing rear of the vehicle to maintain
a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode” proper vehicle height. The system is
under Towing Equipment 0 302. activated when the ignition key is
turned to ON/RUN and will
automatically adjust vehicle height
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Cruise Control and Grade Braking systems. See 5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the
“Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul system on or off. A white indicator
Mode 0 259. comes on in the instrument cluster
{ Warning If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the when cruise is turned on.
Cruise control can be dangerous system begins to limit wheel spin, SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to
where you cannot drive safely at cruise control will automatically set the speed and activate cruise
a steady speed. Do not use disengage. See Traction Control/ control. If cruise control is already
cruise control on winding roads or Electronic Stability Control 0 267. active, use to decrease vehicle
in heavy traffic. If a collision alert occurs when speed.
cruise control is activated, cruise
Cruise control can be dangerous control is disengaged. See Forward +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If
on slippery roads. On such roads, Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 283. there is a set speed in memory,
fast changes in tire traction can When road conditions allow the press to resume that speed or press
cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control to be safely used and hold to accelerate. If cruise
you could lose control. Do not use again, it can be turned back on. control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
cruise control on slippery roads.
* (Cancel) : Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
With cruise control, a speed of
set speed from memory.
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your Setting Cruise Control
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds If 5 is on when not in use, the SET
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). − or +RES control could get pressed
and go into cruise when not desired.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages. Keep the cruise 5 button off when
cruise is not being used.
For an explanation of how cruise
control interacts with the Range
Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
The cruise control light on the Once the vehicle speed reaches . Press and hold the SET– button
instrument cluster will come on about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, until the desired lower speed is
green after the cruise control has briefly press the +RES button. The reached, then release it.
been set to the desired speed. vehicle returns to the previous set . To slow down in small
speed.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise increments, briefly press SET–.
system on. Increasing Speed While Using For each press, the vehicle goes
Cruise Control about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
If the cruise control system is The speedometer reading can be
3. Press and release SET−. The already activated: displayed in either English or metric
desired set speed briefly units. See Instrument Cluster 0 137.
appears in the instrument . Press and hold the +RES button
The increment value used depends
cluster. on the steering wheel until the
on the units displayed.
vehicle accelerates to the
4. Remove foot from the desired speed, then release it. Passing Another Vehicle While
accelerator. Using Cruise Control
. To increase vehicle speed in
The cruise control indicator on the small increments, briefly press Use the accelerator pedal to
instrument cluster turns green after +RES. For each press, the increase the vehicle speed. When
cruise control has been set to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h you take your foot off the pedal, the
desired speed. See Instrument (1 mph) faster. vehicle will slow down to the
Cluster 0 137. previous set cruise speed. While
The speedometer reading can be
Resuming a Set Speed displayed in either English or metric pressing the accelerator pedal or
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 137. shortly following the release to
If the cruise control is set at a override cruise control, briefly
desired speed and then the brakes The increment value used depends
on the units displayed. pressing the SET– button will result
are applied or * is pressed, the in cruise control set to the current
cruise control is disengaged without Reducing Speed While Using vehicle speed.
erasing the set speed from memory. Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Using Cruise Control on Hills If equipped, Hill Descent Control Adaptive Cruise Control
How well the cruise control works (HDC) can help maintain vehicle
speed on a steep incline. See Hill If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
on hills depends on the vehicle Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
speed, the load, and the steepness Descent Control (HDC) 0 269.
select the cruise control set speed
of the hills. When going up steep For other forms of Grade Braking, and following gap. Read this entire
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal see Automatic Transmission 0 255 section before using this system.
may be necessary to maintain andTow/Haul Mode 0 259. The following gap is the following
vehicle speed. When going time between your vehicle and a
downhill, Cruise Grade Braking Ending Cruise Control
vehicle detected directly ahead in
helps maintain the driver selected There are four ways to end cruise your path, moving in the same
speed. control: direction. If no vehicle is detected in
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled . Step lightly on the brake pedal. your path, ACC works like regular
when the vehicle is started and cruise control. ACC uses a radar
cruise control is active. It is not
. Press *. sensor. See Radio Frequency
enabled in Range Selection Mode. . Shift the transmission to Statement 0 427.
It assists in maintaining driver N (Neutral). If a vehicle is detected in your path,
selected speed when driving on ACC can apply acceleration or
. To turn off cruise control,
downhill grades by using the engine limited, moderate braking to
and transmission to slow the press 5.
maintain the selected following gap.
vehicle. Erasing Speed Memory To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
To disable and enable Cruise Grade If ACC is controlling your vehicle
The cruise control set speed is
Braking for the current ignition key speed when the traction control
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul erased from memory when the 5 system (TCS) or electronic stability
button for five seconds. A DIC button is pressed, or if the ignition is control system activates, the ACC
message displays. See turned off. may automatically disengage. See
Transmission Messages 0 170. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 267. When road
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
3 (Follow Distance Gap) : Press After ACC is set, it may immediately Increasing Speed While ACC is at
to select a following gap time (or apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead a Set Speed
distance) setting for ACC of Far, is detected closer than the selected If ACC is already activated, do one
Medium, or Near. following gap. of the following:
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control . Use the accelerator to get to the
If the cruise button is on when not in higher speed. Press SET– .
use, the cruise on/off control could Release the control and the
get pressed and cruise control could accelerator pedal. The vehicle
become active when not desired. will now cruise at the higher
Keep the cruise control off when speed.
cruise is not being used. The ACC indicator displays on the When the accelerator pedal is
Select the set speed desired for Driver Information Center (DIC) in pressed, ACC will not brake
cruise. This is the vehicle speed the instrument cluster. When ACC is because it is overridden.
when no vehicle is detected in active, the indicator turns green. A warning message will appear
its path. on the Driver Information Center
Be mindful of speed limits,
(DIC). See Cruise Control
ACC will not set or resume at a surrounding traffic speeds, and
Messages 0 162.
speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). weather conditions when selecting
the set speed. . Press and hold +RES until the
To set ACC: desired set speed appears on
Resuming a Set Speed the display, then release it.
1. Press 5.
If the ACC is set at a desired speed . To increase vehicle speed in
2. Get up to the desired speed. and then the brakes are applied, small increments, briefly press
3. Press and release the SET– ACC is disengaged without erasing +RES. For each press, the
control on the steering wheel. the set speed from memory. vehicle goes to the next 5 km/h
4. Remove foot from the To begin using ACC again, press (1 mph) faster mark on the
accelerator. +RES on the steering wheel. The speedometer.
vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
When it is determined that there is vehicle speed goes to the next faster the vehicle speed, the further
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle 5 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on back your vehicle will follow a
ahead is beyond the selected the speedometer. vehicle detected ahead. Consider
following gap, then the vehicle The speedometer reading can be traffic and weather conditions when
speed will increase to the set speed. displayed in either English or metric selecting the following gap. The
The speedometer reading can be units. See Instrument Cluster 0 137. range of selectable gaps may not be
displayed in either English or metric The increment value used depends appropriate for all drivers and
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 137. on the units displayed. driving conditions.
The increment value used depends Changing the gap setting
on the units displayed. Selecting the Follow Distance Gap automatically changes the alert
When a slower moving vehicle is timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a detected ahead within the selected or Near) for the Forward Collision
Set Speed following gap, ACC will adjust the Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
If ACC is already activated, do one vehicle's speed and attempt to Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 283.
of the following: maintain the follow distance gap
selected. Alerting the Driver
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Press Press 3 on the steering wheel to
SET– and release the adjust the following gap. When
accelerator pedal. The vehicle pressed, the current gap setting
will now cruise at the lower displays briefly on the instrument
speed. cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
. Press and hold SET– until the the 3 button through three
desired lower speed is reached, settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The If ACC is engaged, driver action
then release it. gap setting will be maintained until it may be required when ACC cannot
. To decrease the vehicle speed in is changed. apply sufficient braking because of
small increments, briefly press Since each gap setting corresponds approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
SET−. For each press, the to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
When this condition occurs, six red ACC automatically slows the vehicle
lights will flash on the windshield, down and adjusts vehicle speed to Warning (Continued)
and either eight beeps will sound follow the vehicle in front at the
from the front, or both sides of the selected follow gap. The vehicle Your vehicle may not stop and
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five speed increases or decreases to could cause a crash. Use caution
times. See “Collision/Detection follow the vehicle in front of you, but when using ACC. Your complete
Systems” under Vehicle will not exceed the set speed. It may attention is always required while
Personalization 0 173. apply limited braking, if necessary. driving and you should be ready
When braking is active, the brake to take action and apply the
See Defensive Driving 0 229.
lights will come on. The automatic brakes.
Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different
Vehicle than if the brakes were applied ACC Automatically Disengages
manually. This is normal.
ACC may automatically disengage
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving and you will need to manually apply
Objects the brakes to slow the vehicle when:
. Your vehicle speed goes below
{ Warning the minimum speed of 25 km/h
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (16 mph).
The vehicle ahead symbol is in the may not detect and react to . The sensors are blocked.
instrument cluster. stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The Traction Control System
The vehicle ahead symbol only ahead of you. For example, the (TCS) or electronic stability
displays when a vehicle is detected system may not brake for a control system has activated or
in your vehicle’s path moving in the vehicle it has never detected been disabled.
same direction. moving. This can occur in
. No traffic or other objects are
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC stop-and-go traffic or when a
being detected.
will not respond to or brake to vehicle suddenly appears due to
vehicles ahead. a vehicle ahead changing lanes. . There is a fault in the system.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically { Warning
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal. On curves, ACC may respond to
You could crash into a vehicle a vehicle in another lane, or may When following a vehicle and
ahead of you. not have time to react to a vehicle entering a curve, ACC may not
in your lane. You could crash into detect the vehicle ahead and
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose accelerate to the set speed. When
control of your vehicle. Give extra this happens, the vehicle ahead
attention in curves and be ready symbol will not appear.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Other Vehicle Lane Changes lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to
ACC may detect a vehicle that is disengage ACC:
not in your lane and apply the . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The . Press *.
brakes may need to be manually
alert and/or braking that is
applied.
. Press 5.
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is
stationary objects when entering or
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
exiting a curve. This is normal
or if the ignition is turned off.
operation. The vehicle does not
need service. Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the
vehicle can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to
operate properly.
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five Turning the Features On or Off properly with a small item attached
times. Beeps for FPA are higher to the trailer hitch. Turn off parking
pitched than for RPA. assist when towing a trailer.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) To turn the rear parking assist
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear
If equipped, when the vehicle is Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA “Rear Camera” under Vehicle
displays a red warning triangle with Personalization 0 173
a left or right pointing arrow on the
RVC screen to warn of traffic The X button to the left of the
coming from the left or right. This steering wheel is used to turn on or Assistance Systems for
system detects objects coming from off the Front and Rear Parking Driving
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or Assist. The indicator light in the
button comes on when the features If equipped, when driving the
right side of the vehicle. When an vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
object is detected, either three are on and turns off when the
features have been disabled. Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
beeps sound from the left or right or Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Front and Rear Parking Assist can Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
on the left or right side, depending be turned off, on, or on with towbar Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
on the direction of the detected through vehicle personalization. See (LCA), and/or the Front Automatic
vehicle. “Parking Assist” under Vehicle Braking (FAB) System can help to
Use caution while backing up when Personalization 0 173. If the parking avoid a crash or reduce crash
towing a trailer, as the RCTA assist is turned off through vehicle damage.
detection zones that extend out personalization, the parking assist
from the back of the vehicle do not button will be disabled. To turn the Forward Collision Alert
move further back when a trailer is parking assist on again, select On in
towed. the vehicle personalization menu. (FCA) System
The On with Towbar setting allows If equipped, the FCA system may
for the parking assist to work help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing display green. Vehicles may not be
alert on the windshield and rapidly Warning (Continued) detected on curves, highway exit
beeps or pulses the driver seat. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
FCA also lights an amber visual barrels, or other objects. Be ready or if a vehicle ahead is partially
alert if following another vehicle to take action and apply the blocked by pedestrians or other
much too closely. brakes. For more information, see objects. FCA will not detect another
Defensive Driving 0 229. vehicle ahead until it is completely
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m in the driving lane.
(197 ft) and operates at speeds FCA can be disabled with the FCA
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the steering wheel control, or if your { Warning
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to Cruise Control (ACC), through FCA does not provide a warning
distances of approximately 110 m vehicle personalization. See the to help avoid a crash, unless it
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds. “Auto Collision Preparation” portion detects a vehicle. FCA may not
See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 273. of “Collision/Detection Systems” detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
under Vehicle Personalization sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
{ Warning 0 173. or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA is a warning system and vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
does not apply the brakes. When or in conditions that can limit
approaching a slower-moving or visibility such as fog, rain,
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or snow, or if the headlamps or
or when following a vehicle too windshield are not cleaned or in
closely, FCA may not provide a proper condition. Keep the
warning with enough time to help windshield, headlamps, and FCA
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn sensors clean and in good repair.
FCA warnings will not occur unless
of pedestrians, animals, signs, the FCA system detects a vehicle
guardrails, bridges, construction ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
(Continued) the vehicle ahead indicator will
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
trailer. LCA may alert to objects If the LCA displays do not light up Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
attached to the vehicle, such as a when vehicles are in the side blind
trailer, bicycle, or object extending zone or rapidly approaching this If equipped (1500 series vehicles),
out to either side of the vehicle. zone and the system is clean, the LKA may help avoid crashes due to
Attached objects may also interfere system may need service. Take the unintentional lane departures. It may
with the detection of vehicles. This vehicle to your dealer. assist by gently turning the steering
is normal system operation; the wheel if the vehicle approaches a
When LCA is disabled for any detected lane marking without using
vehicle does not need service. reason other than the driver turning a turn signal in that direction. It may
LCA may not always alert the driver it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On also provide a Lane Departure
to vehicles in the next lane over, option will not be available on the Warning (LDW) system alert as the
especially in wet conditions or when personalization menu. lane marking is crossed. The LKA
driving on sharp curves. The system system will not assist or provide an
does not need to be serviced. The Radio Frequency Information
LDW alert if it detects that you are
system may light up due to See Radio Frequency Statement actively steering. Override LKA by
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and 0 427. turning the steering wheel. LKA
other non-moving objects. This is uses a camera to detect lane
normal system operation; the Lane Departure markings between 60 km/h (37 mph)
vehicle does not need service. and 180 km/h (112 mph).
Warning (LDW)
LCA may not operate when the LCA
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with crashes due to unintentional lane { Warning
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in departures. It may provide a The LKA system does not
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning warning if the vehicle is crossing a continuously steer the vehicle.
instructions, see "Washing the detected lane marking without using It may not keep the vehicle in the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 391. a turn signal in the lane departure
lane or give a Lane Departure
If the DIC still displays the system direction. Since this system is part
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
unavailable message after cleaning of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
system, read the entire LKA section lane marking is detected.
both sides of the vehicle toward the
before using this feature. (Continued)
rear corners of the vehicle, see your
dealer.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
When the System Does Not Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline
Seem to Work Properly meeting ASTM specification D4814
Use of the recommended fuel is an with a posted octane rating of 87 or
The system performance may be important part of the proper higher. Do not use gasoline with an
affected by: maintenance of this vehicle. When octane rating below 87, as it may
. Close vehicles ahead. driving in the U.S. and Canada, to cause engine damage and will lower
help keep the engine clean and fuel economy.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
maintain optimum vehicle
as when driving through tunnels. Use of Seasonal Fuels
performance, we recommend using
. Banked roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. Use summer and winter fuels in the
. Roads with poor lane markings, See www.toptiergas.com for a list of appropriate season. The fuels
such as two-lane roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If the LKA system is not functioning If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
properly when lane markings are long periods of time, driving or
clearly visible, cleaning the starting could be affected. Drive the
windshield may help. vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts tank or less, then refuel with the
may occur due to tar marks, current seasonal fuel.
shadows, cracks in the road, Prohibited Fuels
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road Gasolines containing oxygenates
imperfections. This is normal system such as ethers and ethanol, as well
operation; the vehicle does not need as reformulated gasolines, are
service. Turn LKA off if these available in some cities. If these
conditions continue. gasolines comply with the
If the vehicle has a yellow label on previously described specification,
the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can then they are acceptable to use.
be used in the vehicle. See E85 or However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
FlexFuel 0 293.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Filling the Tank With a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel
Gas Can adapter and return to the Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and storage location.
keep it in contact with the fill
must be filled from a portable opening until filling is
gas can: Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
1. Locate the capless funnel by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
adapter from inside the vehicle. means. You or others could be other electronic devices.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into badly burned and the vehicle
the capless fuel system. could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
{ Warning containers.
. Remove the container from
Attempting to refuel without using
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
the funnel adapter may cause fuel bed before filling.
spillage and damage the capless
fuel system. This could cause a . Place the container on the
fire and you or others could be ground.
badly burned and the vehicle . Place the nozzle inside the
could be damaged. fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with necessary to go much farther or other objects. Avoid jerky or
the handling and braking of the rig beyond the passed vehicle before sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
before setting out for the open road. returning to the lane. advance.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
parts and attachments, safety out, the arrows on the instrument
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Hold the bottom of the steering cluster will still flash for turns. It is
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has wheel with one hand. To move the important to check occasionally to
electric brakes, start the trailer to the left, move that hand to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
combination moving and then apply the left. To move the trailer to the working.
the trailer brake controller by hand right, move your hand to the right.
to be sure the brakes work. Always back up slowly and, Driving on Grades
if possible, have someone Reduce speed and shift to a lower
During the trip, check occasionally guide you.
to be sure that the load is secure gear before starting down a long or
and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns steep downgrade. If the
brakes still work. transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer
Following Distance Caution work well.
Stay at least twice as far behind the Making very sharp turns while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
vehicle ahead as you would when trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission to a lower gear if
driving the vehicle without a trailer. come in contact with the vehicle. the transmission shifts too often
This can help to avoid heavy The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly
braking and sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns conditions.
while trailering. When towing, use the Tow/Haul
Passing
Mode to prevent damage to the
More passing distance is needed engine or transmission. See Tow/
when towing a trailer. The When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so Haul Mode 0 259.
combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is the trailer will not strike soft When towing at high altitude on
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
a lower temperature than at normal If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick
altitudes. If the engine is turned off 1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks.
immediately after towing at high not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
altitude on steep uphill grades, the Maintenance when Trailer
the wheels into the curb if Towing
vehicle may show signs similar to facing downhill or into traffic if
engine overheating. To avoid this, facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more
let the engine run while parked, often when pulling a trailer. See
preferably on level ground, with the 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 401.
transmission in P (Park) for a few under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important
minutes before turning the engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in in trailer operation are automatic
off. If the overheat warning comes place, release the regular transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
on, see Engine Overheating 0 326. brakes until the chocks absorb lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
Parking on Hills the load. brake system. It is a good idea to
inspect these before and during
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
the trip.
{ Warning apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park). Check periodically to see that all
Parking the vehicle on a hill with hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
5. Release the brake pedal.
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes Leaving After Parking on a Hill
wrong, the rig could start to move. 1. Apply and hold the brake
People can be injured, and both pedal.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always 2. Start the engine.
park the rig on a flat surface. 3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/28/15
Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue includes the curb weight of the
information or advice. vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
the people who will be riding in the
very important because it is also
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
part of the vehicle weight. The
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
passengers, and cargo in the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
not to exceed the RGAWR before tongue weight among the two When using a weight-distributing
applying the weight distribution vehicle and trailer axles. See hitch, the spring bars should be
spring bars. “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in adjusted so the distance (2) is the
Trailer Towing 0 299 for rating limits same after coupling the trailer to the
Weight of the Trailering with various hitch types. tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
Combination
Consider using sway controls with Safety Chains
It is important that the combination any trailer. Ask a trailering
of the tow vehicle and trailer does professional about sway controls or Always attach chains between the
not exceed any of its weight ratings refer to the trailer manufacturer's vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer recommendations and instructions. safety chains under the tongue of
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. the trailer to help prevent the tongue
The only way to be sure it is not Weight-Distributing Hitch from contacting the road if it
exceeding any of these ratings is to Adjustment becomes separated from the hitch.
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer Instructions about safety chains
combination, fully loaded for the trip, may be provided by the hitch
getting individual weights for each of manufacturer or by the trailer
these items. manufacturer. If the trailer being
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg
Towing Equipment (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
step bumper, safety chains may be
Hitches attached to the attaching points on
The correct hitch equipment helps the bumper, otherwise, safety
maintain combination control. Most chains should be attached to holes
small-to-medium trailers can be on the trailer hitch platform. Always
towed with a weight-carrying hitch leave just enough slack so the
which simply features a coupler combination can turn. Never allow
latched to the hitch ball. Larger safety chains to drag on the ground.
1. Front of Vehicle
trailers may require a
2. Body to Ground Distance
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer
when pulling a heavy trailer or a vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes
Mode 0 259. in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of
Tow/Haul is designed to be most transmission driving characteristics trailering situations.
effective when the vehicle and and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ The ITBC system is integrated with
trailer combined weight is at least Haul is recommended only when the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross pulling a heavy trailer or a large or and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). heavy load. conditions that cause the vehicle’s
See “Weight of the Trailer” under Integrated Trailer Brake antilock brake or StabiliTrak
Trailer Towing 0 299. Tow/Haul is Control System systems to activate, power sent to
most useful under the following the trailer's brakes will be
driving conditions: automatically adjusted to minimize
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
large or heavy load through imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
rolling terrain. If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a or StabiliTrak systems are not
large or heavy load in functioning properly, the ITBC
stop-and-go traffic. The vehicle may have an Integrated system may not be fully functional
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system or may not function at all. Make sure
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a for use with electric trailer brakes or all of these systems are fully
large or heavy load in busy most electric-over-hydraulic trailer operational to ensure full
parking lots where improved low brakes. functionality of the ITBC system.
speed control of the vehicle is
desired. This symbol is on the Trailer Brake The ITBC system is powered
Control Panel on vehicles with an through the vehicle's electrical
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul ITBC system. The power output to system. Turning the ignition off will
when lightly loaded or with no trailer the trailer brakes is based on the also turn off the ITBC system. The
at all will not cause damage. amount of brake pressure being ITBC system is fully functional only
However, there is no benefit to the applied by the vehicle’s brake when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be . A trailer with electric brakes has Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either become disconnected (a Trailer Gain should be set for a
a trailer connected or disconnected. CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one message will also display on be adjusted any time vehicle
of the Trailer Gain adjustment the DIC). loading, trailer loading, or road
buttons. Press and hold a gain . There is a fault present in the surface conditions change.
button to continuously adjust the wiring to the trailer brakes (a
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
{ Warning
setting to 0.0 (zero). the DIC). Trailer brakes that are
TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any . The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may
time a trailer with electric brakes is due to a fault (a SERVICE not stop the vehicle and the trailer
connected. Output to the trailer TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM as intended and can result in a
brakes is based on the amount of message will also display in crash. Always follow the
vehicle braking present and relative the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is for the proper trailer stopping
displayed from 0 to 100% for each Manual Trailer Brake Apply
performance.
gain setting. The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - Lever is used to apply the trailer’s
Use the following to adjust Trailer
- - -” on the Trailer Brake Display electric brakes independent of the
Gain for each towing condition:
Page whenever the following occur: vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to
. No trailer is connected. the left will apply only the trailer 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
brakes. Use this lever to adjust attached on a level road
. A trailer without electric brakes Trailer Gain to properly adjust the surface representative of the
is connected (no DIC message power output to the trailer brakes. towing condition and free of
displayed). traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
lamps will come on when either
the Manual Trailer Brake apply
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
lever.
brakes are applied.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
Adjusting Trailer Gain at Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while
speeds lower than 32 to In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the
result in an incorrect gain DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This
setting. system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer
the Trailer Gain adjustment harness is reconnected.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
buttons, to just below the point . There is an electrical fault in the
message will briefly display when a
of trailer wheel lock-up, trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This
indicated by trailer wheel connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long
squeal or tire smoke when a message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in
trailer wheel locks. in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message
Trailer wheel lock-up may not can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is
occur if towing a heavily loaded automatically turns off. acknowledged.
trailer. In this case, adjust the CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is
Trailer Gain to the highest message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of
allowable setting for the towing the trailer wiring harness
condition. . The ITBC system first connection:
determines connection to a
3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
vehicle loading, trailer loading, then the trailer harness becomes harness from the vehicle.
or road surface conditions disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off.
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
while towing. the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN.
message will automatically turn 4. If the CHECK TRAILER
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
If the CHECK TRAILER A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
WIRING message only diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway
reappears when connecting the the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
trailer wiring harness to the and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the
vehicle, the electrical fault is on covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/
the trailer side. Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 267.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE assistance with trailer repairs and
SYSTEM: This message will display trailer warranty information. { Warning
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped
continues over multiple ignition Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result
cycles, there is a problem with the in loss of control and the vehicle
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer
ITBC system. Have the vehicle
TSC feature. Trailer sway is sway is detected, slow down to a
serviced.
unintended side-to-side motion of a safe speed. Check the trailer and
If either the CHECK TRAILER trailer while being towed. If the vehicle to help correct possible
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER vehicle is towing a trailer and the
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays causes. These could include an
TSC detects that sway is increasing,
while driving, the ITBC system may improperly or overloaded trailer,
the vehicle brakes are selectively
not be fully functional or may not applied at each wheel, to help unrestrained cargo, improper
function at all. When traffic reduce excessive trailer sway. If the trailer hitch configuration,
conditions allow, carefully pull the vehicle is equipped with the excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
vehicle over to the side of the road Integrated Trailer Brake Control or improperly inflated or incorrect
and turn the ignition off. Check the (ITBC) system, and the trailer has vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
wiring connection to the trailer and the electric actuated brake system, Equipment 0 302 for trailer ratings
turn the ignition back on. If either of StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer and hitch setup
these messages continues, either brakes. recommendations.
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/20/15
harm. Engine exhaust, many parts airbags, braking, stability, ride and Vehicle Checks
and systems, many fluids, and handling, emissions systems,
some component wear by-products aerodynamics, durability, and
contain and/or emit these electronic systems like antilock Doing Your Own
chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability Service Work
See Battery - North America 0 331 control. These accessories or
and Jump Starting - North America modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
{ Warning
0 382.
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on
California Perchlorate Damage to vehicle components your vehicle if you do not have
resulting from modifications or the the proper knowledge, service
Materials Requirements installation or use of non-GM manual, tools, or parts. Always
Certain types of automotive certified parts, including control follow owner manual procedures
applications, such as airbag module or software modifications, is and consult the service manual
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, not covered under the terms of the for your vehicle before doing any
and lithium batteries contained in vehicle warranty and may affect service work.
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, remaining warranty coverage for
may contain perchlorate materials. affected parts.
Special handling may be necessary. If doing some of your own service
GM Accessories are designed to work, use the proper service
For additional information, see
complement and function with other manual. It tells you much more
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
systems on the vehicle. See your about how to service the vehicle
perchlorate.
dealer to accessorize the vehicle than this manual can. To order the
using genuine GM Accessories proper service manual, see Service
Accessories and installed by a dealer technician. Publications Ordering Information
Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the 0 426.
Adding non-dealer accessories or Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 100. This vehicle has an airbag system.
making modifications to the vehicle Before attempting to do your own
can affect vehicle performance and service work, see Servicing the
safety, including such things as Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 100.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Hood find the secondary hood
release. The handle is under
To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
the right and at the same time
raise the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front
on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm
under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 10. Windshield Washer Fluid . Check the engine oil level
Jump Starting - North America Reservoir. See “Adding Washer regularly and maintain the
0 382. Fluid” under Washer Fluid proper oil level. See “Checking
2. Battery - North America 0 331. 0 328. Engine Oil” and “When to Add
11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Engine Oil” in this section.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and
Brake Fluid 0 329. . Change the engine oil at the
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 322. 12. Engine Compartment Fuse appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Block 0 342. Life System 0 317.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 321.
. Always dispose of engine oil
5. Automatic Transmission Engine Oil properly. See “What to Do with
Dipstick. See “How to Check Used Oil” in this section.
Automatic Transmission Fluid” For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
under Automatic Transmission “Engine Oil” section in the Suburban Checking Engine Oil
Fluid 0 318. Heavy-Duty Package supplement.
If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
6. Remote Negative (–) Location To ensure proper engine ADD OIL message displays when
(Out of View). See Jump performance and long life, careful the engine oil level may be too low.
Starting - North America 0 382. attention must be paid to engine oil. See Engine Oil Messages 0 164.
Following these simple, but Check the oil level before filling to
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of important steps will help protect the recommended level. If the oil is
View). See Cooling System your investment: not low and this message remains
0 322. on, see your dealer.
. Always use engine oil approved
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to the proper specification and of It is also a good idea to check the
to Add Engine Oil” under the proper viscosity grade. See engine oil level at each fuel fill. In
Engine Oil 0 315. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” order to get an accurate reading,
9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See in this section. the vehicle must be on level ground.
“Checking Engine Oil” under The engine oil dipstick handle is a
Engine Oil 0 315. loop. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 314 for the location of
the engine oil dipstick.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Engine oils that have been specification. See “Specification” Used oil can be a threat to the
approved by GM as meeting the earlier in this section for more environment. If you change your
dexos1 specification are marked information. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
with the dexos1 approved logo. See from the filter before disposal. Never
www.gmdexos.com. Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the
Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground,
Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
needed for good performance and
engine protection. Engine Oil Life System
Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil
recommended and could cause
Caution engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the
Failure to use the recommended engine oil and filter. This is based
engine oil can result in engine What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which
damage not covered by the include engine revolutions, engine
Used engine oil contains certain
vehicle warranty. Check with your temperature, and miles driven.
elements that can be unhealthy for
dealer or service provider on Based on driving conditions, the
your skin and could even cause
whether the oil is approved to the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is
dexos1 specification. your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. For
skin and nails with soap and water, the oil life system to work properly,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the system must be reset every time
Viscosity Grade
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil is changed.
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
containing used engine oil. See the On some vehicles, when the system
engine oil.
manufacturer's warnings about the has calculated that oil life has been
When selecting an oil of the use and disposal of oil products. diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
appropriate viscosity grade, always OIL SOON message comes on to
select an oil of the correct indicate that an oil change is
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
necessary. See Engine Oil How to Reset the Engine Oil 2. Fully press the accelerator
Messages 0 164. Change the oil as Life System pedal slowly three times within
soon as possible within the next five seconds.
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the 3. Display the OIL LIFE
if driving under the best conditions, REMAINING on the DIC. If the
the oil life system might indicate that system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the display shows 100%, the
an oil change is not necessary for system is reset.
up to a year. The engine oil and engine oil life to 100% after every oil
filter must be changed at least once change. It will not reset itself. To If the vehicle has a CHANGE
a year and, at this time, the system reset the engine oil life system: ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
must be reset. For vehicles without 1. Display the OIL LIFE comes back on when the vehicle is
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON REMAINING on the DIC. If the started and/or the OIL LIFE
message, an oil change is needed vehicle does not have DIC REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING buttons, the vehicle must be in oil life system has not been reset.
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer P (Park) to access this display. Repeat the procedure.
has trained service people who will See Driver Information Center
perform this work and reset the (DIC) (Base Level) 0 153 or Automatic Transmission
system. It is also important to check Driver Information Center (DIC) Fluid
the oil regularly over the course of (Uplevel) 0 155.
an oil drain interval and keep it at For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
the proper level. 2. Press and hold V, or the trip Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
odometer reset stem if the Supplement.
If the system is ever reset vehicle does not have DIC
accidentally, the oil must be buttons, for several seconds. When to Check and Change
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) The oil life will change Automatic Transmission Fluid
since the last oil change. to 100%.
Remember to reset the oil life It is usually not necessary to check
system whenever the oil is changed. The oil life system can also be reset the transmission fluid level. The only
as follows: reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN transmission. If a small leak is
with the engine off. suspected, then use the following
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
checking procedures to check the How to Check Automatic three seconds in each range.
fluid level. However, if there is a Transmission Fluid Then, move the shift lever back
large leak, then it may be necessary to P (Park).
to have the vehicle towed to a
Caution 4. Allow the engine to idle (500–
dealer service department and have 800 rpm) for at least
it repaired before driving the vehicle Too much or too little fluid can one minute. Slowly release the
further. damage the transmission. Too brake pedal.
much can mean that some of the
Caution 5. Keep the engine running and
fluid could come out and fall on check the transmission fluid
hot engine parts or exhaust temperature on the Driver
Use of the incorrect automatic system parts, starting a fire. Too
transmission fluid may damage Information Center (DIC). See
little fluid could cause the Driver Information Center (DIC)
the vehicle, and the damage may transmission to overheat. Be sure
not be covered by the vehicle (Base Level) 0 153 or Driver
to get an accurate reading if Information Center (DIC)
warranty. Always use the checking the transmission fluid. (Uplevel) 0 155.
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and 6. Using the transmission fluid
Lubricants 0 410. Before checking the fluid level, temperature reading, determine
prepare the vehicle: and perform the appropriate
1. Start the engine and park the check procedure. If the
Change the fluid and filter at the transmission fluid temperature
scheduled maintenance intervals vehicle on a level surface.
Keep the engine running. reading is not within the
listed in Maintenance Schedule required temperature ranges,
0 401. Be sure to use the 2. Apply the parking brake and allow the vehicle to cool,
transmission fluid listed in place the shift lever in P (Park). or operate the vehicle until the
Recommended Fluids and appropriate transmission fluid
Lubricants 0 410. 3. With your foot on the brake
pedal, move the shift lever temperature is reached.
through each gear range,
pausing for about
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Cold Check Procedure 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out operating temperature between
Use this procedure only as a the dipstick and wipe it with a 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
reference to determine if the clean rag or paper towel. 200 °F).
transmission has enough fluid to be 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it 7. If the fluid level is in the
operated safely until a hot check back in all the way; wait acceptable range, push the
procedure can be made. The hot three seconds, and then pull it dipstick back in all the way,
check procedure is the most back out again. then flip the handle down to
accurate method to check the fluid 4. Check both sides of the lock the dipstick in place.
level. Perform the hot check dipstick and read the lower
procedure at the first opportunity. Hot Check Procedure
level. Repeat the check
Use this cold check procedure to procedure to verify the reading. Use this procedure to check the
check fluid level when the transmission fluid level when the
transmission temperature is transmission fluid temperature is
between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F
90 °F). and 200 °F).
The hot check is the most accurate
method to check the fluid level. The
hot check should be performed at
the first opportunity in order to verify
5. If the fluid level is below the the cold check. The fluid level rises
COLD check band, add only as fluid temperature increases, so it
enough fluid as necessary to is important to ensure the
1. Locate the transmission bring the level into the COLD transmission temperature is within
dipstick at the rear of the band. It does not take much range.
engine compartment, on the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
passenger side of the vehicle. (1 pt). Do not overfill.
See Engine Compartment 6. Perform a hot check at the first
Overview 0 314. opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Consistency of Readings
Always check the fluid level at least
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
readings) is important to maintaining
proper fluid level. If readings are still
1. Locate the transmission
5. Safe operating level is within inconsistent, contact the dealer.
dipstick at the rear of the
engine compartment, on the the HOT cross hatch band on
passenger side of the vehicle. the dipstick. If the fluid level is Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
not within the HOT band, and
See Engine Compartment the transmission temperature is See Engine Compartment Overview
Overview 0 314. between 71 °C and 93 °C 0 314 for the location of the engine
(160 °F and 200 °F), add or air cleaner/filter.
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
the dipstick and wipe it with a drain fluid as necessary to When to Inspect the Engine Air
clean rag or paper towel. bring the level into the HOT Cleaner/Filter
band. If the fluid level is low,
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it add only enough fluid to bring For intervals on changing and
back in all the way; wait the level into the HOT band. inspecting the engine air cleaner/
three seconds, and then pull it It does not take much fluid, filter, see Maintenance Schedule
back out again. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). 0 401.
4. Check both sides of the Do not overfill. How to Inspect the Engine Air
dipstick and read the lower 6. If the fluid level is in the Cleaner/Filter
level. Repeat the check acceptable range, push the
procedure to verify the reading. Do not start the engine or have the
dipstick back in all the way,
engine running with the engine air
then flip the handle down to
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
lock the dipstick in place.
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Engine Coolant
{ Warning
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Heater and radiator hoses, and Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
other engine parts, can be very Supplement.
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
The cooling system in the vehicle is
you can be burned. filled with DEX-COOL® engine
Do not run the engine if there is a coolant. This coolant is designed to
leak. If you run the engine, it remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
could lose all coolant. That could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
cause an engine fire, and you occurs first.
could be burned. Get any leak The following explains the cooling
1. Coolant Surge Tank fixed before you drive the vehicle. system and how to check and add
2. Coolant Surge Tank coolant when it is low. If there is a
Pressure Cap problem with engine overheating,
3. Engine Electric see Engine Overheating 0 326.
Caution
Cooling Fan(s) What to Use
Using coolant other than
{ Warning DEX-COOL® can cause
{ Warning
premature engine, heater core,
An electric engine cooling fan can or radiator corrosion. In addition, Adding only plain water or some
start even when the engine is not the engine coolant could require other liquid to the cooling system
running. To avoid injury, always changing sooner. Any repairs can be dangerous. Plain water
keep hands, clothing, and tools would not be covered by the and other liquids, can boil before
away from any engine vehicle warranty. Always use the proper coolant mixture will.
cooling fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant The coolant warning system is set
in the vehicle. for the proper coolant mixture.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The coolant surge tank is in the
With plain water or the wrong If improper coolant mixture, engine compartment on the
mixture, the engine could get too inhibitors, or additives are used in passenger side of the vehicle. See
hot but you would not get the the vehicle cooling system, the Engine Compartment Overview
overheat warning. The engine engine could overheat and be 0 314.
could catch fire and you or others damaged. Too much water in the The vehicle must be on a level
could be burned. Use a 50/ mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine cooling parts. The repairs level.
water and DEX-COOL coolant. would not be covered by the Check to see if coolant is visible in
vehicle warranty. Use only the the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant inside the coolant surge tank is
drinkable water and DEX-COOL for the cooling system. See boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant. If using this mixture, Recommended Fluids and coolant level should be at or above
nothing else needs to be added. Lubricants 0 410. the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,
This mixture: there may be a leak in the cooling
. Gives freezing protection down Never dispose of engine coolant by system.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside putting it in the trash, or by pouring If coolant is visible but the coolant
temperature. it on the ground, or into sewers, level is not at or above the FULL
streams, or bodies of water. Have COLD mark, see “How to Add
. Gives boiling protection up to
the coolant changed by an Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,”
129 °C (265 °F), engine authorized service center, familiar following.
temperature. with legal requirements regarding
. Protects against rust and used coolant disposal. This will help
corrosion. protect the environment and your
. Will not damage aluminum parts. health.
. Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
severely damaged. pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
{ Warning longer hot.
How to Add Coolant to the Steam and scalding liquids from a Turn the pressure cap slowly
Coolant Surge Tank hot cooling system can blow out counterclockwise about one full
and burn you badly. Never turn turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
{ Warning the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
You can be burned if you spill cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
coolant on hot engine parts. system and surge tank pressure slowly, and remove it.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol cap to cool.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
and it will burn if the engine parts the proper mixture to the FULL
are hot enough. Do not spill If no coolant is visible in the surge COLD mark.
coolant on a hot engine. tank, add coolant.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates approximately
90 °C (195 °F).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
By this time, the coolant level Check to see if the engine cooling
inside the coolant surge tank Caution fan(s) are running. If the engine is
may be lower. If the level is overheating, the fans should be
lower, add more of the proper Running the engine without running. If they are not, do not
mixture to the coolant surge coolant may cause damage or a continue to run the engine, and
tank until the level reaches the fire. Vehicle damage would not be have the vehicle serviced.
FULL COLD mark. covered by the vehicle warranty.
If Steam is Coming from the
5. Replace the pressure cap Engine Compartment
tightly. The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the There is a coolant temperature
{ Warning
coolant is cold. If necessary, gauge in the vehicle's instrument Steam from an overheated engine
repeat coolant fill procedure cluster. See Engine Coolant can burn you badly, even if you
Steps 1–6. Temperature Gauge 0 142. just open the hood. Stay away
In addition, there are ENGINE from the engine if you see or hear
Caution OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, steam coming from it. Just turn it
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE off and get everyone away from
If the pressure cap is not tightly ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS the vehicle until it cools down.
installed, coolant loss and REDUCED messages in the Driver Wait until there is no sign of
possible engine damage may Information Center (DIC). See steam or coolant before you open
occur. Be sure the cap is properly Engine Cooling System Messages the hood.
and tightly secured. 0 163 and Engine Power Messages
0 164. If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the in it can catch fire. You or others
hood when this warning appears, could be badly burned. Stop the
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the get service help right away.
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package engine if it overheats, and get out
Supplement. If the decision is made to lift the of the vehicle until the engine
hood, make sure the vehicle is is cool.
parked on a level surface.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
If No Steam is Coming from 2. Turn the heater on to the parked. If the warning is still there,
the Engine Compartment highest temperature and to the turn off the engine and get everyone
highest fan speed. Open the out of the vehicle until it cools down.
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP windows as necessary.
ENGINE or the ENGINE If there is no sign of steam, idle the
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off engine for five minutes while
message, along with a low coolant the road, shift to P (Park) or parked. If the warning is still
condition, can indicate a serious N (Neutral), and let the displayed, turn off the engine until it
problem. engine idle. cools down.
If there is an engine overheat If the temperature overheat gauge is
warning, but no steam is seen or no longer in the overheat zone or an Engine Fan
heard, the problem may not be too overheat warning no longer If the vehicle has electric cooling
serious. Sometimes the engine can displays, the vehicle can be driven. fans, the fans may be heard
get a little too hot when the vehicle: Continue to drive the vehicle slowly spinning at low speed during most
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe everyday driving. The fans may turn
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
vehicle distance from the vehicle in off if no cooling is required. Under
. Stops after high-speed driving. front. If the warning does not come heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
. back on, continue to drive normally high outside temperatures,
Idles for long periods in traffic.
and have the cooling system or operation of the air conditioning
. Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing checked for proper fill and function. system, the fans may change to
0 298. high speed and an increase in fan
If the warning continues, pull over,
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED stop, and park the vehicle noise may be heard. This is normal
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE right away. and indicates that the cooling
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE system is functioning properly. The
If there is still no sign of steam and fans will change to low speed when
message appears with no sign of
the vehicle is equipped with an additional cooling is no longer
steam, try this for a minute or so:
engine driven cooling fan, push required.
1. Turn the air conditioning off. down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least
five minutes while the vehicle is
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
The electric engine cooling fans displays, washer fluid will need to
may run after the engine has been be added to the windshield washer Caution (Continued)
turned. off. This is normal and no fluid reservoir.
. Do not mix water with
service is required.
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
Power Steering Fluid solution to freeze and
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the damage the washer fluid
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package tank and other parts of the
supplement. washer system.
. When using concentrated
Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
the tank is full. See Engine manufacturer instructions for
What to Use adding water.
Compartment Overview 0 314 for
When windshield washer fluid needs reservoir location. . Fill the washer fluid tank
to be added, be sure to read the
only three-quarters full when
manufacturer's instructions before
Caution it is very cold. This allows
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
for fluid expansion if
protection against freezing in an . Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
area where the temperature may fall
contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
below freezing.
repellent coating. This can completely full.
Adding Washer Fluid cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
The vehicle has a low washer fluid Brakes
message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use engine coolant
when the washer fluid is low. The (antifreeze) in the Disc brake pads have built-in wear
message is displayed for windshield washer. It can indicators that make a high-pitched
15 seconds at the start of each damage the windshield warning sound when the brake pads
ignition cycle. When the WASHER washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message The sound can come and go or be
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
heard all the time when the vehicle evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Brake Fluid
is moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque
brake pedal firmly. specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 415.
{ Warning Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will Brake Pedal Travel
not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal The brake master cylinder reservoir
a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height, is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in Engine Compartment Overview
vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign 0 314 for the location of the
that brake service may be required. reservoir.
Replacing Brake System Parts There are only two reasons why the
Caution Always replace brake system parts
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes . Normal brake lining wear. When
brake pads could result in costly
may not work properly. The braking new linings are installed, the
brake repair.
performance expected can change fluid level goes back up.
in many other ways if the wrong . A fluid leak in the brake
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are hydraulic system. Have the
can cause a brake squeal when the installed or parts are improperly brake hydraulic system fixed.
brakes are first applied or lightly installed. With a leak, the brakes will not
applied. This does not mean work well.
something is wrong with the brakes.
Always clean the brake fluid
Properly torqued wheel nuts are reservoir cap and the area around
necessary to help prevent brake the cap before removing it.
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Do not top off the brake fluid. Checking Brake Fluid What to Add
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Use only GM approved DOT 3
Check brake fluid by looking at the
If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid from a clean, sealed
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine
worn, there will be too much fluid container. See Recommended
Compartment Overview 0 314.
when new brake linings are Fluids and Lubricants 0 410.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system. { Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake
{ Warning fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
If too much brake fluid is added, it
the loss of braking leading to a
can spill on the engine and burn,
possible injury. Always use the
if the engine is hot enough. You
proper brake fluid.
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic Caution
system. The fluid level should be above
MIN. If it is not, have the brake If brake fluid is spilled on the
hydraulic system checked to see if vehicle's painted surfaces, the
When the brake fluid falls to a low there is a leak. paint finish can be damaged.
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning After work is done on the brake Immediately wash off any painted
Light 0 148. hydraulic system, make sure the surface.
level is above MIN but not over the
Brake fluid absorbs water over time. MAX mark.
Replace brake fluid at the specified
intervals to prevent increased
stopping distance. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 401.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
two. The rear axle assembly must What to Use noise emissions to exceed Federal
be supported on a flat, level surface standards, are covered by the
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
to get a true reading. warranty for the life of the vehicle.
Lubricants 0 410 to determine what
How to Check Lubricant kind of lubricant to use. The following information relates to
compliance with federal noise
To get an accurate reading, the emission standards for vehicles with
vehicle should be on a level Noise Control System
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
surface. Noise Emission Warranty (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
General Motors warrants to the first (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance
person who purchases this vehicle Schedule provides information on
for purposes other than resale and maintaining the noise control system
to each subsequent purchaser that to minimize degradation of the noise
this vehicle as manufactured by emission control system during the
General Motors was designed, built life of the vehicle. The noise control
and equipped to conform at the time system warranty is given in the
it left General Motors control with all vehicle warranty booklet.
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control These standards apply only to
Regulations. This warranty covers vehicles sold in the United States.
this vehicle as designed, built and
equipped by General Motors and is Federal law prohibits the following
not limited to any particular part, acts or the causing thereof:
The proper level is 1.0 mm to component or system of the vehicle 1. The removal or rendering
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below manufactured by General Motors. inoperative by any person,
the bottom of the fill hole, located on Defects in design, assembly or any other than for purposes of
the rear axle. Add only enough fluid part, component or system of the maintenance, repair or
to reach the proper level. vehicle manufactured by General replacement, of any device or
Motors, which at the time it left element of design incorporated
General Motors control caused into any new vehicle for the
purpose of noise control, prior
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
to its sale or delivery to the Air Intake: Do not use the accelerator
ultimate purchaser or while it is . Removal of the air cleaner pedal, and be ready to turn off
in use; or silencer. the engine immediately if it
2. The use of the vehicle after starts.
. Modification of the air cleaner.
such device or element of 3. Try to start the engine in each
design has been removed or Exhaust: gear. The vehicle should start
rendered inoperative by any . Removal of the muffler and/or only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
person. resonator. If the vehicle starts in any other
Among those acts presumed to position, contact your dealer for
. Removal of the exhaust pipes service.
constitute tampering are the acts and exhaust pipe clamps.
listed below.
Automatic Transmission
Insulation: Starter Switch Check Shift Lock Control
Removal of the noise shields or any Function Check
underhood insulation. { Warning
Engine: When you are doing this { Warning
Removal or rendering engine speed inspection, the vehicle could
governor, if the vehicle has one, move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this
inoperative so as to allow engine moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could
speed to exceed manufacturer injured. move suddenly. If the vehicle
specifications. moves, you or others could be
injured.
Fan and Drive: 1. Before starting this check, be
. Removal of fan clutch, if the sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be
vehicle has one, or rendering sure there is enough room
clutch inoperative. 2. Apply both the parking brake around the vehicle. It should be
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the and the regular brake. parked on a level surface.
vehicle has one.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)
ready to apply the regular mechanism's holding ability:
brake immediately if the vehicle
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
begins to move. P (Park). Then release the
3. With the engine off, turn the
{ Warning parking brake followed by the
ignition on, but do not start the regular brake.
When you are doing this check,
engine. Without applying the the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
regular brake, try to move the You or others could be injured required.
shift lever out of P (Park) with
and property could be damaged.
normal effort. If the shift lever
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
moves out of P (Park), contact
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
your dealer for service.
roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking.
brake at once should the vehicle
Ignition Transmission begin to move.
For the proper type and size, see
Lock Check Maintenance Replacement Parts
0 411.
If equipped with a key type ignition, Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
while parked and with the parking vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
Front Wiper Blade
brake set, try to turn the ignition to your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever the parking brake. To replace the wiper blade
position. assembly:
. To check the parking brake's
. The ignition should turn to holding ability: With the engine 1. Pull the windshield wiper
LOCK/OFF only when the shift running and the transmission in assembly away from the
lever is in P (Park). N (Neutral), slowly remove foot windshield.
. The ignition key should come pressure from the regular brake
out only in LOCK/OFF. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1. Bulb Socket
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Item Usage Item Usage The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
89 Injector B – even 114 Front windshield edge of the instrument panel.
90 Oxygen sensor B washer
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
91 Throttle control 115 Rear window block.
washer
92 Engine control
module relay 116 Cooling fan left
Number Usage
3 Not used
4 Accessory power
outlet 1
5 Retained accessory
power/Accessory
6 APO/BATT
7 Universal garage door
opener/Inside rear
view mirror
8 SEO retained
accessory power
9 Not used
10 Body control module 3
11 Body control module 5
12 Steering wheel
controls backlighting
13 Not used
14 Not used
15 Not used
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage 16 Discrete logic ignition
with all of the fuses, relays, and sensor
features shown. 1 Not used
2 Not used 17 VPM
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Micro Usage
Fuses
2 Heated second row
seat left
3 Heated second row
seat right
4 Heated mirrors
5 Liftgate
6 Glass breakage
The rear compartment fuse block is 7 Liftglass
behind the access panel on the left
side of the compartment. 8 Liftgate module logic
Pull the panel out by grabbing the 9 Rear wiper
finger access slot at the rear edge. 10 Rear heater,
ventilation and air
conditioning blower
11 Second row seat
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and 19 Rear fog lamp (if
features shown. equipped)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Micro Usage
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
Relays . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
17 Liftglass improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
18 Rear fog lamp (if
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
equipped) . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
19 Heated mirrors
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 240. (Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection.
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 366.
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
center should repair,
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
replace, dismount, and handling and braking.
mount the tires. be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
. Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on . Use tires of the same brand and
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide positions.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most
. Use only radial ply tires of the
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
same size, load range, and
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of
speed rating as the original
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 352. Winter tires with the same speed
See Tire Pressure for rating as the original equipment tires
High-Speed Operation 0 359 for Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
inflation pressure adjustment for and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
high-speed driving. This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that
Specification) : Original of 0310. can be carried and the
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. For
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the information on recommended
code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the 0 358 and Vehicle Load Limits
exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, 0 240.
guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only
(3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until
Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and
Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should
(DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h
tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the
Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See
Safety Standards. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 381.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Manufacture : The last four Tire Designations
manufacturers are required to
digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three Tire Size
manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, The example shows a typical
digits represent the week traction, and temperature passenger vehicle tire size.
(01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more
the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 368.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) 0 240. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 240. load rating for a tire at the
0 358. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 240. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 358 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 240. of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
Limits 0 240. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic 16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Tires
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at 0 365.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 368.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 240.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon
pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as
System should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Each tire, including the spare (if
ability. the TPMS from functioning properly.
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire properly.
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 361.
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency Statement
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the 0 427.
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading A Tire and Loading Information label
Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original
Operation Limits 0 240. equipment tires and the correct
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in inflation pressure for the tires when
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver they are cold. See Vehicle Load
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low Limits 0 240, for an example of the
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at and its location. Also see Tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 0 358.
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC tire pressure condition but it does
sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be not replace normal tire
the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation 0 364, Tire Rotation 0 364 and Tires
located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information 0 351.
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 153 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution
(Uplevel) 0 155 and Tire Messages
0 169. Tire sealant materials are not all
The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire
may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only
located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant
If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. available through your dealer or
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure included in the vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See
flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section.
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on
message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on.
malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Process
Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new
. One of the road tires has been
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process
should go off after the road tire other than those recommended should be performed after replacing
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 366. malfunction light and the DIC
Matching Process" later in this message should go off at the next
section. ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
passenger side front tire, passenger Settings menu. See Driver The horn sounds twice to
side rear tire, and driver side rear. Information Center (DIC) (Base signal the receiver is in relearn
See your dealer for service or to Level) 0 153 or Driver mode and the TIRE
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS Information Center (DIC) LEARNING ACTIVE message
relearn tool can also be purchased. (Uplevel) 0 155. displays on the DIC screen.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel 6. Start with the driver side
Activation Tool at DIC, use the DIC controls on front tire.
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or the right side of the steering
call 1-800-GM TOOLS 7. Place the relearn tool against
wheel to scroll to the Tire the tire sidewall, near the valve
(1-800-468-6657). Pressure screen under the DIC stem. Then press the button to
There are two minutes to match the info page. activate the TPMS sensor.
first tire/wheel position, and If the vehicle has a base level A horn chirp confirms that the
five minutes overall to match all four DIC, use the trip odometer sensor identification code has
tire/wheel positions. If it takes reset stem to scroll to the Tire been matched to this tire and
longer, the matching process stops Pressure screen. wheel position.
and must be restarted.
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel 8. Proceed to the passenger side
The TPMS sensor matching front tire, and repeat the
process is: DIC, press and hold the V
(Set/Reset) button located in procedure in Step 7.
1. Set the parking brake. the center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN If the vehicle has a base level rear tire, and repeat the
with the engine off or place the DIC, press and hold the trip procedure in Step 7.
vehicle power mode in ON/ odometer reset stem for about 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
RUN/START. five seconds. A message tire, and repeat the procedure
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure asking if the process should in Step 7. The horn sounds two
the Tire Pressure info page begin should appear. Select times to indicate the sensor
option is turned on. The info yes and press the trip identification code has been
pages on the DIC can be odometer reset stem to confirm matched to the driver side rear
turned on and off through the the selection. tire, and the TPMS sensor
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel
active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time
ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 365 and Wheel
display screen goes off. fabric. Replacement 0 369.
11. Turn the ignition switch to . The tire has a bump, bulge,
LOCK/OFF.
or split.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut,
level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot
and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
Tire Inspection damage.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
Tire Rotation
vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every
for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
least once a month. Maintenance Schedule 0 401. Use this rotation pattern when
Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires.
. The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The Do not include the spare tire in
more places around the tire first rotation is the most the tire rotation.
can be seen. important.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
. There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
noticed, rotate the tires as soon pressure on the Tire and
showing through the tire's
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after
rubber.
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 358 and Vehicle
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 240.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel treadwear indicators. See Tire
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 364 and Tire Rotation
Monitor Operation 0 361. wheel nuts or bolts. 0 364 for additional information.
Check that all wheel nuts are The rubber in tires ages over time.
properly tightened. See “Wheel When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Nut Torque” under Capacities never used. Multiple factors
and Specifications 0 415. Factors, such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tires, including the spare if
parts to which it is fastened, can equipped, be replaced after six
make wheel nuts become loose years, regardless of tread wear. The
after time. The wheel could come tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (01-52) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Treadwear indicators are one way to
Lightly coat the center of the Tires age when stored normally
tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. Some least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get commercial truck tires may not have area away from direct sunlight to
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However,
of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only
substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place
rubber. pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle.
Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
number is molded onto the tire's { Warning
sidewall near the tire size. If the
driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread Tires could explode during
at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number improper service. Attempting
raise the vehicle to reduce the to mount or dismount a tire
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall could cause injury or death.
Labeling 0 353 for additional Only your dealer or authorized
Buying New Tires tire service center should
information.
GM has developed and matched mount or dismount the tires.
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four.
were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires
Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the { Warning
Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
Mixing tires of different sizes,
system rating. When Braking and handling
brands, or types may cause
replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
loss of control of the vehicle,
GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not
resulting in a crash or other
buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time.
vehicle damage. Use the
Spec rating. If proper rotation and
correct size, brand, and type
maintenance have been done,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec of tires on all wheels.
all four tires should wear out at
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire (Continued)
critical specifications that impact Rotation 0 364 for information
the overall performance of the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Winter tires with the same speed vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
Warning (Continued) rating as the original equipment 0 240 for the label location and
This vehicle may have a tires may not be available for H, more information about the Tire
different size spare than the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated and Loading Information label.
road tires originally installed tires. Never exceed the winter
on the vehicle. When new, the tires’ maximum speed capability Different Size Tires and
vehicle included a spare tire when using winter tires with a Wheels
and wheel assembly with a lower speed rating.
If wheels or tires are installed that
similar overall diameter as the If the vehicle tires must be are a different size than the original
road tires and wheels, so it is replaced with a tire that does not equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
all right to drive on it. The have a TPC Spec number, make performance, including its braking,
spare tire was developed for sure they are the same size, ride and handling characteristics,
use on this vehicle and will not load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover
affect vehicle handling. construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
original tires. brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Vehicles that have a tire control, electronic stability control,
{ Warning pressure monitoring system or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
could give an inaccurate
Using bias-ply tires on the low-pressure warning if non-TPC affected.
vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires are installed.
rim flanges to develop cracks See Tire Pressure Monitor { Warning
after many miles of driving. System 0 360.
A tire and/or wheel could fail If different sized wheels are used,
suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading there may not be an acceptable
Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the level of performance and safety if
original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those
the wheels on the vehicle.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
To access the spare tire, refer to the 1. Open the hoist shaft access
following graphics and instructions: door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).
4. Insert the open end of the 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Removing the Flat Tire and
extension (7) through the hole pull the hoist cable closer to Installing the Spare Tire
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist assist in reaching the
shaft access hole). spare tire. 1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Be sure the hoist end of the Flat 0 371 for more information.
extension (7) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
be pulled out from under the with some slack in the cable to
vehicle. access the tire/wheel retainer. 2. If the vehicle has a center cap
Tilt the retainer and pull it and that covers the wheel
the cable and spring through fasteners, place the chisel end
the center of the wheel. of the wheel wrench in the slot
on the wheel and gently pry the
Once the retainer is separated cap out.
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
center of the wheel along with cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
the cable and latch. by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The plastic
8. Put the spare tire near the nut caps will be retained in the
flat tire. hub cap after it is removed
from the wheel.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored
extension (7) through the hole securely. Push, pull, and then
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist try to turn the tire. If the tire
shaft access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench
5. Raise the tire part way upward. to tighten the cable.
Make sure the retainer is 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
seated in the wheel opening. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access
6. Raise the tire fully against the cover.
underside of the vehicle by If equipped, reinstall the hitch
turning the wheel wrench cover and turn the retainers
clockwise until you hear two clockwise.
3. Assemble the two jack handle clicks or feel it skip twice. The
extensions (4) and wheel cable cannot be overtightened. To store the tools, do the following:
wrench (5), as shown.
1. Return the tools (wheel
wrench, jack handle, and jack
handle extensions) to the
tool bag.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
2. Assemble the wheel blocks If equipped with a temporary use This spare tire was developed for
and jack together with the full-size spare tire, it is indicated on use on this vehicle, so it is all right
wing nut. the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall to drive on it. If the vehicle has
3. Position the jack and wheel Labeling 0 353. This spare tire four-wheel drive and a different size
blocks in the driver side trim should not be driven on over spare tire is installed, drive only in
panel over the wheelhouse. 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h two-wheel drive.
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at After installing the spare tire on the
4. Turn the jack knob clockwise the proper inflation pressure. Repair
until the jack is secured tight in vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and replace the road tire as soon as and check that the spare tire is
the mounting bracket. Be sure it is convenient, and stow the spare
to position the holes in the correctly inflated.
tire for future use.
base of the jack onto the pin in Have the damaged or flat road tire
the mounting bracket. Caution repaired or replaced and installed
5. Use the retaining bracket to back onto the vehicle as soon as
fasten the tool bag on the stud If the vehicle has four-wheel drive possible so the spare tire will be
and turn the wing nut clockwise and a different size spare tire is available in case it is needed again.
to secure. installed, do not drive in Do not mix tires and wheels of
four-wheel drive until the flat tire different sizes, because they will not
6. Close the trim panel door.
is repaired and/or replaced. The fit. Keep your spare tire and its
vehicle could be damaged and wheel together. If the vehicle has a
Full-Size Spare Tire the repairs would not be covered spare tire that does not match the
If this vehicle came with a full-size by the warranty. Never use original road tires and wheels in size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when four-wheel drive when a different and type, do not include the spare in
new, however, it can lose air over size spare tire is installed on the the tire rotation.
time. Check the inflation pressure vehicle.
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 358
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 240. For
instructions on how to remove, The vehicle may have a different
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire than the road tires
Changing 0 372. originally installed on the vehicle.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
of the vehicle grille could restrict vehicles with a two-speed transfer
airflow and cause damage to the case that have an N (Neutral) and a
Caution
transmission. The repairs would 4 n setting.
not be covered by the vehicle If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
warranty. If using a shield, only towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
{ Warning
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle. components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive
The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into
by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the be injured. Set the parking brake
ground. before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
4. Put the transmission in 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the 7. Shift the transfer case to
P (Park). dolly. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Drive 0 260.
following the manufacturer's See Parking Brake 0 265. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
instructions. 4. Put the transmission in After towing, see “Shifting Out of
6. Use an adequate clamping P (Park). N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive
device designed for towing to 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 0 260.
ensure that the front wheels following the manufacturer's
are locked into the straight instructions.
position.
6. Use an adequate clamping
7. For four-wheel-drive vehicles device designed for towing to
with a single speed automatic ensure that the front wheels
transfer case, shift the transfer are locked into the straight
case into 2 m. See Four-Wheel position.
Drive 0 260.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. { Warning
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Shifting a four-wheel-drive
Two Speed Automatic vehicle's transfer case into
Transfer Case N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive to roll even if the transmission is
vehicle from the rear: in P (Park). You or others could
1. Attach the dolly to the tow be injured. Set the parking brake
vehicle following the dolly before shifting the transfer case
manufacturer's instructions. to N (Neutral).
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
the vehicle as soon as possible. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
If necessary, use non-abrasive Moldings intended for automotive use.
cleaners that are marked safe for . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
painted surfaces to remove foreign Caution vehicle after washing to protect
matter. and extend the molding finish.
Occasional hand waxing or mild Failure to clean and protect the
polishing should be done to remove bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
residue from the paint finish. See in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
your dealer for approved cleaning This damage would not be Stripes
products. covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Do not apply waxes or polishes to soft cloth, and a car washing soap
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes.
as damage can occur. stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing
always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
Caution instructions: section.
. Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic,
Machine compounding or the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective
aggressive polishing on a cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish when dry.
. Use only approved cleaning
may damage it. Use only
solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on
non-abrasive waxes and polishes lamp covers:
or stainless steel. Some
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaners are highly acidic or
clearcoat paint finish on the . Abrasive or caustic agents.
contain alkaline substances and
vehicle. can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
. Always dilute a concentrated
To keep the paint finish looking new, than suggested by the
cleaner according to the manufacturer.
keep the vehicle garaged or manufacturer’s instructions.
covered whenever possible.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
step hinges, unless the components material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can
are plastic. Applying silicone grease replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth protection. interior.
will make them last longer, seal Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove
better, and not stick or squeak. parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
At least twice a year, spring and fall, hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
use plain water to flush any Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
corrosive materials from the Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result.
underbody. Take care to thoroughly scratches with touch-up materials
clean any areas where mud and Use cleaners specifically designed
available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to
other debris can collect. If equipped corrosion. Larger areas of finish
with power running boards, extend prevent permanent damage. Apply
damage can be corrected in your all cleaners directly to the cleaning
them and then use a high pressure dealer's body and paint shop.
wash to clean all joints and gaps. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove
Do not directly power wash the cleaners quickly.
transfer case and/or front/rear axle Airborne pollutants can fall upon
output seals. High pressure water and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and
can overcome the seals and causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior,
fluid will decrease the life of the dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get
transfer case and/or axles and surface. See “Finish Care” proper ventilation.
should be replaced. previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
Sheet Metal Damage
Interior Care cleaners or techniques:
If the vehicle is damaged and . Never use a razor or any other
requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. sharp object to remove soil from
replacement, make sure the body
Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface.
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 240.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 315.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire Pressure
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, 0 358.
Fuel 0 291.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 364.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 312. fluid level. See Washer Fluid
The Additional Required Services - 0 328.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 323. suspension, and chassis
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 328. or missing parts or signs of wear
accidentally, service the vehicle at least once a year. See
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper Exterior Care 0 391. Lubricate
last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking, the suspension and steering
system when the oil is changed. or contamination. See Exterior components at least every other
See Engine Oil Life System 0 317. Care 0 391. Replace worn or oil change (if equipped with
damaged wiper blades. See grease fittings).
Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade Replacement
Services Every 12 000 km/ . Check restraint system
0 335.
7,500 mi components. See Safety System
. Check tire inflation pressures. Check 0 88.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 358.
. Visually inspect fuel system for
the vehicle, and perform the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
following services. See Tire damage or leaks.
Inspection 0 364.
Rotation 0 364. . Visually inspect exhaust system
. Visually check for fluid leaks. and nearby heat shields for
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed, . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. loose or damaged parts.
change engine oil and filter, and See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Lubricate body components. See
reset oil life system. See Engine 0 321. Exterior Care 0 391.
Oil 0 315 and Engine Oil Life . Inspect brake system. See . Check starter switch. See Starter
System 0 317. Exterior Care 0 391. Switch Check 0 334.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance high dust levels or are sensitive to (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
Schedule Additional Required environmental allergens. Filter and hoses for proper hook-up,
Services - Severe replacement may also be needed if routing, and condition.
(1) Or every two years, whichever you notice reduced airflow, windows (3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. More frequent fogging up, or odors. Your local GM comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if the Service location can help you conditions, inspect the filter at each
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy determine when it is the right time to oil change or more often as needed.
traffic, poor air quality, areas with replace your filter.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122).
(Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474).
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 410 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal
Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
5.3L V8 C 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Center
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
P.O. Box 33170
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
factory-related vehicle service Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification
the review of the facts involved by 1-800-222-1020
Number (VIN).
an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs))
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance:
designed so that the entire dispute Offices 1-800-243-8872
settlement process, from the time Chevrolet encourages customers to From U.S. Virgin Islands:
you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for
decision, should be completed in 1-800-496-9994
assistance. However, if a customer
about 70 days. We believe our wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Canada
impartial program offers advantages the letter should be addressed to:
over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited
because it is informal, quick, and Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
free of charge. CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
For further information concerning
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
www.gm.ca
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English)
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
1-800-263-7854 (French), Telephone devices (TTYs))
or write to: Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
parts and labor for repairs not Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
Appointments dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
transportation options:
Transportation, a customer support
When the vehicle requires warranty program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By Coverage period in Canada),
shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment extended powertrain, and/or
time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant hybrid-specific warranties in both
your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your the U.S. and Canada.
dealer can help minimize your Public Transportation or Fuel
Several Courtesy Transportation
inconvenience. Reimbursement
options are available to assist in
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it used, the expense must be
Courtesy Transportation is not a
can be scheduled for service, supported by original receipts and
part of the New Vehicle Limited
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Warranty. A separate booklet
safety related. If it is, please call by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
entitled “Limited Warranty and
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Owner Assistance Information”
and ask for instructions. transportation, limited
furnished with each new vehicle
If your dealer requests you to bring provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
the vehicle for service, you are information. expenses may be available. Claim
urged to do so as early in the work amounts should reflect actual costs
day as possible to allow for and be supported by original
same-day repair. receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in
well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the
rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from
provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not 0 421.
choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and
may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number.
state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
. Vehicle make, model, and
Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year.
Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN).
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy
emergency services for help. Do not number.
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle.
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts.
damage repairs through the use of officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
aftermarket collision parts. Some
section.
insurance companies will not
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional
Inflates? 0 94. does not pay the full cost.
technical service information
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The
be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all
original GM parts. Remember, models.
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
the GM vehicle warranty. (US and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual.
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc.
Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA computers that record information
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. about the vehicle’s performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other Center monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. deployment and deploy them in a
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects (French), or write: antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer
Government Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle.
If you live in Canada, and you CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data
believe that the vehicle has a safety 1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated,
defect, notify Transport Canada Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or
immediately, and notify General average speed. These modules may
Motors of Canada Limited. Call retain personal preferences, such as
Transport Canada at radio presets, seat positions, and
1-800-333-0510 or write to: temperature settings.
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar®
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
OnStar 431
432 OnStar
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Emergency Services require
Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. automatically alert a specially . With Remote Ignition Block,
trained OnStar Advisor who is if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of immediately connected to the
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being started.
vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
OnStar 433
434 OnStar
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). “Call. Please say the name or
(poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot number to call.”
3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 3. Say the entire number without
password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, pausing, including a “1” and the
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. area code. System responds:
with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information “OK, calling.”
®
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App and compatibility, see Calling 911 Emergency
(If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. Press =. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OnStar ready.”
mobile app to select Apple®, Remote Services
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to “Call. Please say the name or
or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
OnStar Subscribers can access the number to call.”
and flash the lamps.
following services from a mobile 3. Say “911” without pausing.
device: OnStar AtYourService System responds: “911.”
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide 4. Say “Call.” System responds:
if factory-equipped. savings offers from restaurants and “OK, dialing 911.”
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped retailers on your route, help locate
hotels, or book a room. Retrieve My Number
with automatic locks.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 1. Press =. System responds:
. Activate the horn and lamps.
“OnStar ready.”
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service. 2. Say “My number.” System
life, or tire pressure,
responds: “Your OnStar
if factory-equipped with the Tire Make a Call Hands-Free Calling number is,”
Pressure Monitor System.
1. Press =. System responds: then says the number.
. Send directions to the vehicle.
“OnStar ready.”
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
OnStar 435
436 OnStar
. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification
Advisor. 0 427. Number (PIN)
OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some
the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need
OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when
Advisors provide services to help speaking with an Advisor. To
wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities change the OnStar PIN, contact an
in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an Warranty
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
OnStar equipment may be
work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle
available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty.
compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
hardware. OnStar services may not Languages
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
work if the OnStar equipment is not The vehicle can be programmed to
situations.
properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages.
properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
software is added, connected, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English,
not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available
the control of OnStar — such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country.
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY Potential Issues
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle OnStar cannot perform Remote
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance after the vehicle has
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
OnStar 437
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas Add-on Electrical Equipment
five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for The OnStar system is integrated
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
OnStar to send remote signals to into the electrical architecture of the
to help gain access to the vehicle.
the vehicle. Do not place items over vehicle. Do not add any electrical
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment. See Add-On Electrical
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal Equipment 0 309. Added electrical
reception. equipment may interfere with the
. Obstruction of the GPS can operation of the OnStar system and
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar cause it to not operate.
buildings; in parking garages; Message
around airports; in tunnels and Vehicle Software Updates
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals software updates or changes to the
maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar vehicle without further notice or
system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a consent. These updates or changes
call OnStar. However, OnStar may enhance or maintain safety,
could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area.
security, or the operation of the
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues vehicle or the vehicle systems.
. In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS affect or erase data or settings that
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause tags, saved navigation destinations,
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a or pre-set radio stations. Neither
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The OnStar nor GM is responsible for
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or any affected or erased data or
may ask for a call back after the settings. These updates or changes
vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
438 OnStar
statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this
the time of installation. These transmissions and private permission notice appear in all
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. copies.
a system to automatically THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
collect information about vehicle ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
getdocuments.html DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The complete OnStar Privacy WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
Statement may be found at libcurl:
CONTRACT, TORT OR
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
recommend that you review it. If you WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE.
or press Q to speak with an All rights reserved.
Except as contained in this notice,
Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any not be used in advertising or
the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
cannot be assured. Third parties
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9159366) - 2016 - crc - 5/19/15
OnStar 439
440 OnStar
Index 441
442 Index
Index 443
444 Index
Index 445
446 Index
Index 447
448 Index
Index 449
450 Index
Index 451
452 Index
Updates W Wipers
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Warning Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 289
V
Vehicle Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warnings
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 414 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Wheels
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 369
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 172 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 When It Is Time for New
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 150 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 107
Vehicle Care Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Winter
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 335